Thursday, July 19, 2012

Audio and sounfd engineering


Careers in Audio Engineering Start Here

http://www.recordingconnection.com/courses/audio-engineering

Audio engineers can make a six-figure yearly income in any city in the world. There are many career opportunities available to those who are properly trained and connected in audio engineering, such as:

  • Chief Engineer
  • Staff Engineer
  • Assistant Engineer
  • Studio Owner

Additionally, many music producers, mixers, and mastering specialists are also audio engineers.

In short, for any career in audio, the best place to start is to learn the ins and outs of a recording studio as an audio engineer. In order to be successful, you MUST know how a real recording studio works. Let's be clear: traditional audio schools do not ever get you into a real recording studio. You never meet real clients, you never meet real engineers, and you certainly never work under real audio engineers and music producers.

A college recording studio, while it may look nice, is not the same as a professional recording studio, like the studio into which Recording Connection Audio Institute will place you from day one.

To make it as an audio engineer, you also MUST know:
  • Digital audio
  • How microphones are designed and used
  • Correct microphone placement
  • The ins and outs of signal flow and patch bays
  • How analog consoles work
  • In-depth study of analog consoles
  • Audio processing
  • Pro Tools 8
  • Reason, Logic, or Ableton Live
  • Available audio plugins and how they work
  • Signal processing and compressors
  • How to perform a professional mix-down
  • How various studios are designed and how their monitors work
  • Electronic music and beat matching
  • Sync and automation
  • Recording and mixing ins and outs
  • Surround mixing
  • How to deal with clients
 http://www.recordingconnection.com/courses/audio-engineering
http://www.audiorecordingschool.com/

+++++++++++++++++++++++++++++++++++++++++++++++
Become an all-round sound engineer capable of creating, designing, capturing,
  • Editing and reproduction.
  • Introduction to cinema and the world of sound.
  • Get acquainted with equipments.
  • Sound Capturing and types of microphone.
  • Introduction to sound designing
  • Sourcing for canned sound.
  • Sound reproduction.
  • Functional usage of Digital workstation and software like Nuendo, Protools, etc, at country's best
  • Sound set-ups besides learning on in-house optimal multiflex environment.
  • Signal Flow and mixing consoles.
  • Microphone techniques.
  • Dubbing on film and beta format.
  • Mono, Stereo and 5.1 surround sound.
  • Processing: Equalization, dynamics and time domain.
  • Outdoor recording, sound reinforcement for live recording.
  • Sound effects and sound editing with mo pictures. Mixing and mastering.
  • Equipment maintenance and trouble shooting.
  • +++++++++++++++++++++++++++++++++++++++++++++++++++++++++++++++++++









http://www.sac.ac.in/audio-engineering-music-production-course.asp
http://www.mi.edu/audioengineering/
http://en.wikipedia.org/wiki/Audio_engineering
http://education-portal.com/audio_engineering_schools.html
http://www.jmcacademy.edu.au/Course/Audio-Engineering-and-Sound-Production.cfm
http://audioengineeringsource.com/audio-engineering-degree-2/
http://www.collegesurfing.com/content/audio-engineering-schools/

http://www.recordingconnection.com/courses/audio-engineering


http://www.sae.edu/en-gb/course/467/Audio_Engineering#degree











Creating and extract tar File in Linux

 

http://www.cyberciti.biz/faq/creating-a-tar-file-linux-command-line/

http://www.cyberciti.biz/faq/tar-extract-linux/

How can I extract or uncompress a file from tar ball downloaded from the Internet under Linux using bash command prompt?

You need to use the tar command to extract files from an archive or to create an archive (also known as tarball). A tarball or an archive is nothing but a single file that contains various individual files. It also includes information which allows your to restore files to their original form by one or more extraction programs such as tar command.

Extract or Unpack a TarBall File

To unpack or extract a tar file, type:
 
tar -xvf file.tar
 
To save disk space and bandwidth over the network all files are saved using compression program such as gzip or bzip2. To extract / unpack a .tar.gz (gzip) file, enter (note -z option):
 
tar -xzvf file.tar.gz
 
To extract / unpack a .tar.bz2 (bzip2) file, enter (note -j option):
 
tar -xjvf file.tar.bz2
 
Where,
  • -x : Extract a tar ball.
  • -v : Verbose output or show progress while extracting files.
  • -f : Specify an archive or a tarball filename.
  • -j : Decompress and extract the contents of the compressed archive created by bzip2 program (tar.bz2 extension).
  • -z : Decompress and extract the contents of the compressed archive created by gzip program (tar.gz extension).

How Do I Extract A Single File Called foo.txt?

To extract a single file called foo.txt, enter:
 
tar -xvf file.tar foo.txt
tar -xzvf file.tar.gz foo.txt
tar -xjvf file.tar.bz2 foo.txt
 
You can also specify path such as etc/resolv.conf, enter:
 
tar -xvf file.tar etc/resolv.conf
tar -xzvf file.tar.gz etc/resolv.conf
tar -xjvf file.tar.bz2 etc/resolv.conf
 

How Do I Extract a Single Directory Called etc?

To extract a single directory called etc, enter:
 
tar -xvf file.tar etc
tar -xzvf file.tar.gz etc
tar -xjvf file.tar.bz2 etc
 
Sample outputs:
etc/
etc/pulse/
etc/pulse/default.pa
etc/pulse/client.conf
etc/pulse/daemon.conf
etc/pulse/system.pa
etc/xml/
etc/xml/docbook-xml.xml.old
etc/xml/xml-core.xml
etc/xml/catalog
etc/xml/catalog.old
etc/xml/docbook-xml.xml
etc/xml/rarian-compat.xml
etc/xml/sgml-data.xml
etc/xml/xml-core.xml.old
etc/xml/sgml-data.xml.old
etc/mail.rc
etc/Wireless/
etc/Wireless/RT2870STA/
etc/Wireless/RT2870STA/RT2870STA.dat
etc/logrotate.conf
etc/compizconfig/
etc/compizconfig/config
.....
...
....
etc/python/
etc/python/debian_config
etc/ConsoleKit/
etc/ConsoleKit/seats.d/
etc/ConsoleKit/seats.d/00-primary.seat
etc/ConsoleKit/run-session.d/
etc/ConsoleKit/run-seat.d/
etc/opt/

 

 

Creating A tar File in Linux Via Command Line Options

by on December 15, 2007 · 0 comments· last updated at December 15, 2009
How do I create a tar file under Linux using command line options?

You need to use the tar command to create an archive (also known as tar ball) under Linux operating systems.

Linux tar command syntax

The syntax is as follows to create a tar file:
tar -cvf output.tar /dirname
OR
tar -cvf output.tar /dirname1 /dirname2 filename1 filename2
OR
tar -cvf output.tar /home/vivek/data /home/vivek/pictures /home/vivek/file.txt
OR
tar -cvf /tmp/output.tar /home/vivek/data /home/vivek/pictures /home/vivek/file.txt
Where,
  • c : Create a tar ball.
  • v : Verbose output (show progress).
  • f : Output tar ball archive file name.

Example

Create a tar ball called /tmp/data.tar for /home/vivek/data directory, enter:
tar -cvf /tmp/data.tar /home/vivek/data

To View a Tar Ball Contains (list file inside a tar ball)

Type the following command:
tar -ctvf /tmp/data.ta

To Extract a Tar Ball

Type the following command to extract /tmp/data.tar in a current directory, enter:
tar -xvf /tmp/data.ta
Type the following command to extract /tmp/data.tar in a directory called /home/sales/data, enter:
tar -xvf /tmp/data.tar -C /home/sales/data
 
 
 http://en.wikipedia.org/wiki/Bzip2
http://jeremy.zawodny.com/blog/archives/000953.html
http://en.wikipedia.org/wiki/Comparison_of_file_archivers
http://en.wikipedia.org/wiki/List_of_archive_formats 
http://www.computerhope.com/unix/utar.htm 

Wednesday, July 18, 2012

Personal Fedora 15 Installation Guide



http://www.mjmwired.net/resources/mjm-fedora-f15.html


http://www.my-guides.net/en/content/view/174/26/2/4/

Personal Fedora 15 Installation Guide

Mauriat Miranda (http://www.mjmwired.net/contact/)

Other Guides/Resources

Published: 23 May 2011 (updated: 7 November 2011)

Post To: del.icio.us, furl, digg, spurl, gmail this, Blog this

This guide a personal configuration of Fedora 15. This page is to provide some common installation tips that people may find useful. Keep in mind this works for me, so take care in doing proper backups to critical files whenever trying something. This guide is tested on a AMD64 Desktop running both i386 (32-bit) Fedora and x86_64 (64-bit) Fedora. (The specific system(s) also dual boot with Windows 7).

Installation Media

Fedora 15 is provided as either DVD-ROM's or CD-ROM for installation. The DVD-ROM disk is the recommended method of installation. Booting the DVD will start the installer which will allow Fedora to be installed on your computer or for you to upgrade an existing Fedora on your machine. The following steps were done with the single DVD installation.
There are also "LiveCD's" which can be booted and will run a basic Fedora in memory while also providing a simpler method of installation (not as complete at the DVD method). The default LiveCD ships with Gnome (ex: Fedora-15-x86_64-Live-Desktop.iso). There is a specific LiveCD that ships with KDE. Both provide an installer however they come with significantly less software than the DVD. Also they require more memory in order to be usable. The LiveCD is useful for demonstration.
Note: To upgrade an existing Fedora installation you cannot use a Live disk.


Physical Installation

It is highly recommended you read the Fedora Release Notes and official Installation Guide before installing Fedora!.
An additional recommendation is to read Common Problems before installing.
Obtain the Fedora 15 DVD image from a Fedora mirror (or use the torrent) and burn to DVD. (For more information on how to download Fedora CD's or DVD).
Boot from the DVD. If you choose to use a LiveCD please note that the following steps will differ.
NOTE: The Fedora Installer (anaconda) is very minimal and most configuration steps will need to be done post-installation.
The Fedora Anaconda installer is very simple and with some minor exceptions most of the default settings are correct. The settings which are most critical is your partitioning and boot loader options.
If you wish to configure Networking during the install, make sure to select Configure Network when you are prompted for your Hostname. For the Network Connections dialog, select Edit for System pXpY ('X' and 'Y' are numbers) and make sure to select Connect automatically. Modify any other settings as needed.
For Partitioning (Basic Storage Devices)
  • If you have an empty hard drive or wish to delete the entire contents of your drive, then let the installer Use All Space.
  • If you wish to dual-boot or save some contents on your drive, then select either Shrink Current System or Use Free Space.
  • For my system(s) I select: Create Custom Layout.
    In this case I recommend at least 3 partitions: an 8-12GB / main partition, a 10+GB /home partition and a 1-2GB <swap> partition. The main partition is where your applications will be installed. The /home partition will hold all your personal data (make this as large as you can). The <swap> should be at least as large as your physical RAM memory (1GB, 2GB, 4GB), however systems with large amounts of memory don't require as much swap space (read more).
For Boot Loader
  • If you have a blank harddrive or wish Fedora to be your Primary Operating System, then leave the default options here. This also works for dual booting with other systems (ex: Windows).
  • If you wish to preserve Windows as your primary operating system, then install Grub on the / partition, NOT the MBR. To do this, select Change Device on the Install boot loader screen and install to First sector of boot partition. Windows 7 (or Vista) users are recommended to use EasyBCD (a freeware download for Windows). If you are still using Windows XP (or 2000) use Bootpart to load Linux. An alternative to Bootpart is the NT OS Loader + Linux mini-HOWTO (also Grub Win2K Howto). I recommend these steps so you do not corrupt your Windows installation in a Dual-Boot environment. This method does take more work. If you do not choose this, the default option using the MBR will still work.
For Package Selection
If you have a high speed internet connection, then you do not need to install everything during installation. Fedora can easily add software later. The default settings for which packages will be installed is generally acceptable. Most users should be installing Fedora with the Graphical Desktop option.
NOTE: Due to the changes in the GNOME Desktop in Fedora 15, it is strongly recommended to install at least 1 other desktop environment.
The following (additional) packages are accessible from the Customize now option:
  • Under Desktop Environments select 1 (or more) of the following:
    • KDE Software Compilation
    • LXDE
    • Xfce
These can be installed later if desired. For more information see Alternative Desktops.
Install the selected packages and reboot.
For users who opted to install grub on the first sector of the / partition instead of the MBR, you will be required to follow one of the above guides on either setting up Windows 7/Vista or XP/2000 to boot Fedora.
For First Boot
Once Fedora is booted for the first time, please follow the instructions.
For Create User make sure you create an account for yourself. If this user account will also be administering the computer, make sure to select "Add to Administrators group".
Top Resources

Network Management

23 May 2011

Network Not Online
If you did NOT select Configure Network during CD/DVD installation, then the network will not be online by default. To fix this, make either of the following changes:
Option 1: EDIT: /etc/sysconfig/network-scripts/ifcfg-pXpY and change ONBOOT=no to ONBOOT=yes.
Option 2: In Gnome, [Right-Click] on the Networking icon in the top left of the toolbar.
Select Edit Connections....
Select System pXpY and click Edit...
Check Connect automatically and click Apply.
Enter 'root' password when prompted.
Note: Due to changes in Fedora 15, network device names are no longer named as eth devices. They will use pXpY where the X and Y are numbers which correspond to your specific system's pci slot number and port number. Hence network device names may be different among different hardware.
Top Resources

Setup sudo

23 May 2011

Fedora, like all other Linux distributions, has a root user and has individual users. The root is the "superuser", somewhat similar to "Administrator" in Windows.
Use the personal account you created at First Boot for daily use. For the account which administers the system you should have selected "Add to Administrators group". This allows this user to run as 'root' using the sudo command.
If you configured sudo at First Boot, you are done. If not you can manually configure sudo. As root run:
echo 'loginname ALL=(ALL) ALL' >> /etc/sudoers

Where 'loginname' is your user account.
Use 'ALL=(ALL) NOPASSWD:ALL' if you don't want to be prompted a password.
If you are prompted for a password with 'sudo' it is the user password, not root.
Example:
[mirandam@charon ~]$ su
Password:    <--- Enter root password

[root@charon mirandam]# echo 'mirandam ALL=(ALL) NOPASSWD:ALL' >> /etc/sudoers
[root@charon mirandam]# exit
exit
The following is an example of how sudo lets you execute root commands:
[mirandam@charon ~]$ du -sh /root
du: `/root': Permission denied  <--- Fails!!!

[mirandam@charon ~]$ sudo du -sh /root
163M    /root                   <--- Works!!!
NOTE: Every command provided on this page will work if you remove sudo from the command. However this requires you must be logged in as 'root' first. An alternative to using sudo is to use su to login as root, before executing a command.
Top Resources

Setup yum

25 May 2011

Fedora uses yum to install and update its software. When connected to the internet it will automatically determine application dependencies.
Fedora Repositories
Fedora typically has 2 repositories enabled by default: fedora (the same packages that come on any combination of the CD's or DVD's) and updates (updated packages, newer than fedora repository).
YUM Plugins
While yum has many plugins available. Fedora 12 and newer enable yum-presto which should try to download only updated portions of packages instead of the full package during updates. Additionally many users use the fastestmirror plugin which (typically) speeds up downloads by attempting to find faster sources. To install:
[mirandam@charon ~]$ sudo yum install yum-plugin-fastestmirror
Third Party Repositories
For applications that are against Fedora policies (MP3, DVD, MPEG, Binary Drivers, etc), a third party repository should be used. The recommended repository for Fedora is: RPMFusion. For the purpose of this guide, (most) all needs are met by the RPMFusion repository, other requirements are stated.
To set up the RPMFusion repositories:
[mirandam@charon ~]$ sudo rpm -ivh http://download1.rpmfusion.org/free/fedora/rpmfusion-free-release-stable.noarch.rpm

[mirandam@charon ~]$ sudo rpm -ivh http://download1.rpmfusion.org/nonfree/fedora/rpmfusion-nonfree-release-stable.noarch.rpm
Top Resources

Alternative Desktop Environments

01 July 2011

Many users who find Gnome 3 difficult to use should try an alternative desktop environment. The following are supported by Fedora 15. Please note these are all optional. Please use yum to install them if you so wish:
KDE is a full featured desktop like Gnome. However it does things in a different style. This is the most comprehensive desktop next to Gnome (more info). To install:
[mirandam@charon ~]$ sudo yum groupinstall "KDE Software Compilation"
LXDE is a lightweight desktop environment. It is very useful for older computers. It takes up much less space than Gnome or KDE. It maybe similar to older version of Windows (more info). To install:
[mirandam@charon ~]$ sudo yum groupinstall LXDE
Xfce is lightweight desktop environment similar to LXDE. It also consumes less resources than Gnome and many users will find it similar to much older versions of Gnome (more info). To install:
[mirandam@charon ~]$ sudo yum groupinstall XFCE
Note: Xfce is my personal recommendation/choice.
Top Resources

Install Music/MP3 Players

02 November 2010

Fedora ships without any form of MP3 playback. In order to add MP3 playback you must install from a 3rd party. The following requires the use of the RPMFusion repositories.
XMMS: simple, older GUI, minimalistic features (but still popular)
  • Installation through yum:
    [mirandam@charon ~]$ sudo yum install xmms xmms-mp3 xmms-faad2 xmms-pulse xmms-skins
Audacious: A basic music player but much more modern than XMMS.
  • Installation through yum:
    [mirandam@charon ~]$ sudo yum install audacious audacious-plugins-freeworld*
    NOTE: There is a '*' at the end.
Rhythmbox/Gstreamer - A simple audio application similar to iTunes layout.
  • Most of Rhythmbox and the Gstreamer system should be installed when installing Gnome (mentioned above). The missing components are just the MP3 (and other media) plugins.
  • Installation through yum:
    [mirandam@charon ~]$ sudo yum install rhythmbox gstreamer-plugins-ugly gstreamer-plugins-bad gstreamer-ffmpeg
Amarok - A modern feature rich media player application.
  • It is helpful to have KDE installed first as this will reduce the download.
  • Installation through yum:
    [mirandam@charon ~]$ sudo yum install amarok xine-lib-extras-freeworld
Combined command: If you wish to install EVERYTHING above please run the following:
  • [mirandam@charon ~]$ sudo yum install xmms xmms-mp3 xmms-faad2 xmms-pulse xmms-skins \
    audacious audacious-plugins-freeworld* \
    rhythmbox gstreamer-plugins-ugly gstreamer-plugins-bad gstreamer-ffmpeg \
    amarok xine-lib-extras-freeworld
Top Resources

Install Media Players

23 May 2011

Fedora ships with a limited set of media player for both audio and video. For audio please read the MP3 player notes. For video and other multimedia (DVD, etc.) we will also be making use of a 3rd party repository: RPMFusion. Make sure to have the RPMFusion repositories configured before executing the following. Note that many "dependancies" in libraries, plugins and codecs are shared between these applications and also the MP3 player applications.
The following is a list of the most popular media players. Each has its own strengths. Install whichever you prefer although at least MPlayer and VLC are recommended.
MPlayer - MPlayer comes in a command line only interface (mplayer) or skinable GUI and it also has a powerful encoding tool MEncoder (also great for ripping or compressing audio/video). Additionally there is a highly functional web plugin allowing for many popular formats in Firefox/Mozilla (WMV, QuickTime, etc.).
  • Installation through yum with RPMFusion enabled:
    [mirandam@charon ~]$ sudo yum install mplayer mplayer-gui gecko-mediaplayer mencoder
  • Note that mencoder is optional but provides many encoding functions.
  • Binary Codecs: Please install the Binary Codecs for further support of formats that MPlayer does not directly support.
  • MPlayer should work automatically defaulted to PulseAudio.
Xine - Xine is similar to MPlayer in many ways however lacking the command line application and encoder. However has fully supported DVD playback with proper navigation.
  • Installation through yum with RPMFusion enabled:
    [mirandam@charon ~]$ sudo yum install xine xine-lib-extras xine-lib-extras-freeworld
  • Binary Codecs: Please install the Binary Codecs for further support of formats that Xine does not directly support.
  • DVD Playback: To properly play DVDs please see DVD Playback.
Banshee - Banshee is an iTunes-like media player which support sync'ing to multiple different devices.
  • Installation through yum with RPMFusion enabled:
    [mirandam@charon ~]$ sudo yum install banshee gstreamer-plugins-ugly gstreamer-plugins-bad gstreamer-ffmpeg
Binary Codecs - The MPlayer projects maintains a package full of binary codecs for which no directly open source option exists, some of these files include Windows DLL's. These are shared by both Xine and MPlayer. NOTE: There is significant variation depending on your architecture (i386, x86_64, ppc). This step is really only beneficial to 32bit i386 users, 64bit users may also install the i386.
  • Navigate to: http://www.mplayerhq.hu/MPlayer/releases/codecs/
  • Select the package (.tar.bz2) best matching your version of Fedora/Architecture. Generally 32-bit users will use: all-20110131.tar.bz2.
  • Install the codecs (32-bit for example):
    [mirandam@charon Download]$ sudo mkdir -p /usr/lib/codecs
    [mirandam@charon Download]$ sudo tar -jxvf all-20110131.tar.bz2 --strip-components 1 -C /usr/lib/codecs/
VLC - VLC is a simpler media player with an easy to use interface. It also supports DVD playback. While most needs should be met with Xine and MPlayer some prefer VLC.
  • Installation through yum with RPMFusion enabled:
    [mirandam@charon ~]$ sudo yum install vlc
  • DVD Playback: To properly play DVDs please see DVD Playback.
DVD Playback - The libdvdcss is required for DVD playback. Due to non-technical reasons, the package does not exist in the RPMFusion repository. For only this package an alternate repository will be used.
  • Please use the ATrpms Repository:
    [mirandam@charon Download]$ wget http://www.mjmwired.net/resources/files/atrpms.repo
    [mirandam@charon Download]$ sudo cp ./atrpms.repo /etc/yum.repos.d/atrpms.repo
    [mirandam@charon Download]$ sudo rpm --import http://packages.atrpms.net/RPM-GPG-KEY.atrpms
  • To install the package:
    [mirandam@charon ~]$ sudo yum --enablerepo=atrpms install libdvdcss
  • NOTE ATrpms may conflict with RPMFusion hence it is kept disabled. Previously the Livna Repository was used for this however Livna has been unreliable.
Top Resources

Install Microsoft Truetype Fonts

08 June 2009

The official source for the package is http://corefonts.sourceforge.net/, however I am using the following SPEC file.
You have to build the RPM using the chosen SPEC file. For convenience I have created the RPM (please do not link directly to this file):

msttcore-fonts-2.0-3.noarch.rpm
[mirandam@charon Download]$ sudo rpm -ivh msttcore-fonts-2.0-3.noarch.rpm
Note: Fedora encourages the use of the Liberation Fonts. These are installed by default (and included on the DVD).
Top Resources

Adobe Flash Plugin

15 October 2011

The Adobe Flash plugin is available from Adobe's website. Users should use Adobe's YUM repository (recommended).
1. Install Adobe YUM Repository
32-bit
[mirandam@charon Download]$ sudo rpm -ivh http://linuxdownload.adobe.com/adobe-release/adobe-release-i386-1.0-1.noarch.rpm
[mirandam@charon Download]$ sudo rpm --import /etc/pki/rpm-gpg/RPM-GPG-KEY-adobe-linux
64-bit
[mirandam@charon Download]$ sudo rpm -ivh http://linuxdownload.adobe.com/adobe-release/adobe-release-x86_64-1.0-1.noarch.rpm
[mirandam@charon Download]$ sudo rpm --import /etc/pki/rpm-gpg/RPM-GPG-KEY-adobe-linux
2. Install Flash Plugin
[mirandam@charon Download]$ sudo yum install flash-plugin
Restart Firefox or any Mozilla browsers.
More information is available on the Fedora Wiki.
Top Resources

Java Runtime Environment

18 October 2011

The standard installation of Fedora should install OpenJDK (based on the Sun Java). However if not, it can be installed using YUM:
[mirandam@charon ~]$ sudo yum install java-1.6.0-openjdk java-1.6.0-openjdk-plugin
With OpenJDK installed, Java application and Web applets should automatically work. Unfortunately some applets may not run properly and the OpenJDK might have some limitations. Majority of user should find OpenJDK perfect for everyday use.
Using Sun (Oracle) Java Instead
If you require Sun (Oracle) Java or if OpenJDK does not work properly, you can download Sun (Oracle) Java and use it in Fedora.
Download the Java package from:
http://www.oracle.com/technetwork/java/javase/downloads/index.html.
Under Java Platform, Standard Edition, Select: Download JRE (the JDK is for Java developers)
On the next page, accept the license agreement, then:
For 32-bit users: select "Linux x86"
jre-7u1-linux-i586.rpm
For 64-bit users: select "Linux x64"
jre-7u1-linux-x64.rpm

To install:
[mirandam@charon Download]$ sudo rpm -ivh jre-7u1-linux-i586.rpm
-OR-
[mirandam@charon Download]$ sudo rpm -ivh jre-7u1-linux-x64.rpm
When running the java command, Fedora will default to using OpenJDK. In order to use Sun Java, use the alternatives command.
To setup the Java runtime, perform the following (applies to both 32-bit and 64-bit users):
[mirandam@charon Download]$ sudo /usr/sbin/alternatives --install /usr/bin/java java /usr/java/default/bin/java 20000
Setup the Mozilla/Firefox browser plugin.
For 32-bit users:
[mirandam@charon Download]$ sudo /usr/sbin/alternatives --install /usr/lib/mozilla/plugins/libjavaplugin.so \
libjavaplugin.so /usr/java/default/lib/i386/libnpjp2.so 20000
For 64-bit users:
[mirandam@charon Download]$ sudo /usr/sbin/alternatives --install /usr/lib64/mozilla/plugins/libjavaplugin.so \
libjavaplugin.so.x86_64 /usr/java/default/lib/amd64/libnpjp2.so 20000
You may need to restart Firefox to see the plugin take effect.
Note: If you wish to switch back to OpenJDK you can run the following commands one by one to switch between the OpenJDK and Sun Java:
[mirandam@charon ~]$ sudo /usr/sbin/alternatives --config java

[mirandam@charon ~]$ sudo /usr/sbin/alternatives --config libjavaplugin.so
(or for 64-bit)
[mirandam@charon ~]$ sudo /usr/sbin/alternatives --config libjavaplugin.so.x86_64
To Update: If you wish update the JRE package, simply download the newest RPM package and install it as above. You will NOT need to reset alternatives, as those settings should remain intact.
More Information: Install Documentation for Linux.
Top Resources

Install Adobe Acrobat

04 November 2010

To view PDF files, Fedora recommends using either evince or okular. The following is for users requiring Adobe Acrobat Reader:
For yum users:
Install the Adobe YUM repository, and install through yum:
[mirandam@charon Download]$ sudo rpm -ivh http://linuxdownload.adobe.com/adobe-release/adobe-release-i386-1.0-1.noarch.rpm
[mirandam@charon Download]$ sudo rpm --import /etc/pki/rpm-gpg/RPM-GPG-KEY-adobe-linux

[mirandam@charon Download]$ sudo yum install AdobeReader_enu
NOTE: The above uses the English version: enu. To see which languages are supported by Adobe's YUM repository, run the following command:
[mirandam@charon Download]$ yum list AdobeReader\*
Other languages are installed similar to english for example: AdobeReader_fra, if you are unsure which package is correct, run:
yum info AdobeReader_fra for more information. Otherwise install manually as described below. (Note: 64-bit users are recommended to use yum to resolve all the 32-bit i386 dependancies.)
The version of Adobe Acrobat Reader currently is 9.X for English and the version and download size may vary depending on your language. Not all languages are supported under Linux or may not have updated versions.
Top Resources

Setup Samba - Filesharing with Windows

24 May 2011

If you have other Windows computers on your LAN and want to share files from Linux with them, you must setup Samba.
To setup Samba you must (1) install samba, (2) add you 'shares', (3) add users, (4) start Samba service and (5) manage security options (Firewall and SELinux).
1. Install Samba
[mirandam@charon ~]$ sudo yum install samba samba-client cifs-utils
Note: The cifs-utils package is not required. However it is very small and provides some useful utilities.
2. Add Shares
You must edit /etc/samba/smb.conf as root: (use nano instead of gedit if you do not have a GUI)
[mirandam@charon ~]$ sudo gedit /etc/samba/smb.conf
Set your Windows Workgroup name in [global] section.
Added shares at the end of the file. Example:
[c_drive]
   path = /media/c_drive
   public = yes
   writable = no
[netshare]
   path = /data/
   public = yes
   writable = yes
If 'writable' the location must be writable in Linux first. Additionally permissions must match (for example: drwxrw-rw-).
If home data (all personal files under /home/username) is to be accessible, then set 'browseable = yes' under [homes] (~line 279). This configuration file is very descriptive, read through it to get more ideas or information.
3. Add Users
To access shares, you must be a valid user. Add valid users AND passwords using the smbpasswd command.
This login name WILL be the login name and password you use from Windows to access your Linux computer. The password does NOT need to match your Linux password.
[mirandam@charon ~]$ sudo smbpasswd -a username
New SMB password:
Retype new SMB password:
account_policy_get: (warnings ignored)
Added user username.
(Note: 'username' MUST be a valid account on the Fedora machine)
4. Start Samba Service
[mirandam@charon ~]$ sudo systemctl start smb.service nmb.service
To make sure to run Samba each time Fedora boots:
[mirandam@charon ~]$ sudo systemctl enable smb.service nmb.service
Restart Samba for every change to users/passwords or 'smb.conf'
[mirandam@charon ~]$ sudo systemctl restart smb.service
5. Managing Security for Samba
Firewall
The Firewall will by default block Samba, to allow access run:
[mirandam@charon ~]$ system-config-firewall
To allow Samba access to work through the firewall you must set 'Samba' as a 'Trusted Service'. Alternatively if you are only using the shell and do not have access to a graphical X-server, you can run:
[mirandam@charon ~]$ sudo system-config-firewall-tui
To allow Samba access to work through the firewall, use <Tab> to go to Customize. In the Trusted Services: scroll down to Samba, hit <Space> and use <Tab> again to go to Close, then finally to OK.
SELinux
SELinux has significant control over restricting different parts of Samba. Run system-config-selinux. Please read lines #20 - #59 in /etc/samba/smb.conf for a better explanation. Alternatively, you can run:
[mirandam@charon ~]$ system-config-selinux
Go to Boolean and type 'samba' in the Filter (without quotes).
For any changes made above to the SELinux settings or smb.conf, it is recommended to restart Samba.
Top Resources

More Information

Top Resources

Comments, suggestions, questions or any feedback welcome for this page or any of my Resources. Please use the contact link.
Help Out: If you found this guide or any Resource helpful, please consider supporting this site by recommending this page to others or linking to this page. I appreciate all the support I receive. Thank you in advance.
Disclaimer: The author makes no claim to the accuracy of the information provided. This information is provided in the hope that it will be useful, but WITHOUT ANY WARRANTY. There is no implied support from referencing this guide. Any help that is provided is at will. Use this information at your own risk. Always make proper backups and use caution when modifying critical system files.
PLEASE DO NOT mirror, translate or duplicate this page without contacting me.
Copyright © 2003-2012 by Mauriat Miranda (mjmwired.net).

File System Hierarchy Standard (FHS)


file system (or filesystem) is a means to organize data expected to be retained after a program terminates by providing procedures to store, retrieve and update data, as well as manage the available space on the device(s) which contain it. A file system organizes data in an efficient manner and is tuned to the specific characteristics of the device. A tight coupling usually exists between the operating system and the file system. Some file systems provide mechanisms to control access to the data and metadata. Ensuring reliability is a major responsibility of a file system. Some file systems allow multiple programs to update the same file at nearly the same time.
File systems are used on data storage devices, such as hard disk drivesfloppy disksoptical discs, or flash memory storage devices, to maintain the physical locations of the computer files. They may provide access to data on a file server by acting as clients for a network protocol (e.g. NFSSMB, or 9P clients), or they may be virtual and exist only as an access method for virtual data (e.g. procfs). This is distinguished from a directory service and registry.


Disk file systems

Disk file systems are usually block-oriented. Files in a block-oriented file system are sequences of blocks, often featuring fully random-access read, write, and modify operations.
  • ADFS – Acorn's Advanced Disc filing system, successor to DFS.
  • AdvFS - Advanced File System, designed by Digital Equipment Corporation for their Digital UNIX (now Tru64 UNIX) operating system.
  • AFS (Not to be confused with Andrew File System, below) – Acer Fast Filesystem, used on SCO OpenServer
  • AFS - Ami File Safe, a commercial filesystem shipped on Amiga in the 1990s (AFS is structure compatible with PFS)
  • AthFS - AtheOS File System, a 64-bit journaled filesystem now used by Syllable. Also called AFS
  • BFS – the Be File System used on BeOS, occasionally misnamed as BeFS. Open source implementation called OpenBFS is used by the Haiku operating system.
  • Btrfs - is a copy-on-write file system for Linux announced by Oracle in 2007 and published under the GNU General Public License (GPL).
  • CBMFS – The filesystem used on most Commodore 64-compatible floppy drives including the venerable 1541.
  • CMDFS – A filesystem extension added to CBMFS by Creative Micro Designs, for use in their 3.5 inch floppy drives, RAM disks, and hard drive controllers.
  • CP/M file system — Native filesystem used in the CP/M (Control Program for Microcomputers) operating system which was first released in the late 1970s.
  • DDFS – Data Domain File System, the data deduplication file system that ships in the Data Domain Deduplication Storage Systems which are an alternative to tape for storing backups and archives.[1]
  • DTFS – Desktop File System, featuring file compression, used by SCO OpenServer
  • DOS 3.x - Original floppy operating system and file system developed for the Apple II
  • EAFS – Extended Acer Fast Filesystem, used on SCO OpenServer
  • Extent File System (EFS) – an older block filing system under IRIX.
  • ext – Extended file system, designed for Linux systems
  • ext2 – Second extended file system, designed for Linux systems.
  • ext3 – A journaled form of ext2.
  • ext4 – A follow up for ext3 and also a journaled filesystem with support for extents.
  • ext3cow – A versioning file system form of ext3.
  • FAT – File Allocation Table, used on DOS and Microsoft WindowsFAT12FAT16 and FAT32 for 12-, 16- and 32-bit table depths.
  • FFS (Amiga) – Fast File System, used on Amiga systems. This FS has evolved over time. Now counts FFS1, FFS Intl, FFS DCache, FFS2.
  • FFS – Fast File System, used on *BSD systems
  • Fossil – Plan 9 from Bell Labs snapshot archival file system.
  • Files-11 – OpenVMS file system; also used on some PDP-11 systems; supports record-oriented files
  • HFS – Hierarchical File System, in use until HFS+ was introduced on Mac OS 8.1. Also known as Mac OS Standard format. Successor to Macintosh File System (MFS) & predecessor to HFS+; not to be confused with IBM's HFS provided with z/OS
  • HFS+ – Updated version of Apple’s HFS, Hierarchical File System, supported on Mac OS 8.1 & above, including Mac OS X. Supports file system journaling, enabling recovery of data after a system crash. Also referred to as 'Mac OS Extended format or HFS Plus
  • HPFS – High Performance File System, used on OS/2
  • HTFS – High Throughput Filesystem, used on SCO OpenServer
  • ISO 9660 – Used on CD-ROM and DVD-ROM discs (Rock Ridge and Joliet are extensions to this)
  • JFS – IBM Journaling file system, provided in LinuxOS/2, and AIX. Supports extents.
  • JXFS used in AmigaOS 4.1.
  • LisaFS - Filesystem used by Apple Lisa's operating system. Unique in that it allowed two different files with exactly same name ("foo" and "foo").
  • LFS – 4.4BSD implementation of a log-structured file system
  • MFS – Macintosh File System, used on early Mac OS systems. Succeeded by Hierarchical File System (HFS).
  • Next3 – A form of ext3 with snapshots support.[2]
  • MFS – TiVo's Media File System, a proprietary fault tolerant format used on Tivo hard drives for real time recording from live TV.
  • Minix file system – Used on Minix systems
  • NILFS – Linux implementation of a log-structured file system
  • NTFS – (New Technology File System) Used on Microsoft's Windows NT-based operating systems
  • NetWare File System - The original NetWare 2.x - 5.x file system, used optionally by later versions.
  • NSS – Novell Storage Services. This is a new 64-bit journaling file system using a balanced tree algorithm. Used in NetWare versions 5.0-up and recently ported to Linux.
  • OneFS - One File System. This is a fully journaled, distributed file system used by Isilon. OneFS uses FlexProtect and Reed-Solomon encodings to support up to four simultaneous disk failures.
  • OFS – Old File System, on Amiga. Good for floppies, but fairly useless on hard drives.
  • PFS – and PFS2, PFS3, etc. Technically interesting file system available for the Amiga, performs very well under a lot of circumstances. Very simple and elegant.
  • ProDOS - Operating system and file system successor to DOS 3.x, for use on Apple’s computers prior to the Macintosh & Lisa computers, the Apple series, including the IIgs
  • Qnx4fs - File system that is used in QNX version 4 and 6.
  • Qnx6fs - New copy-on-write file system presented in QNX 6.4.0 and used as default since 6.4.1.
  • ReFS (Resilient File System) - New file system by Microsoft that is built on the foundations of NTFS and is intended to be used with the soon to be released Windows Server 8 operating system.
  • ReiserFS – File system that uses journaling
  • Reiser4 – File system that uses journaling, newest version of ReiserFS
  • Reliance – Datalight's transactional file system for high reliability applications
  • Reliance Nitro – Tree-based transactional file system developed for high-performance embedded systems, from Datalight
  • S51K – AT&T UNIX System V 1KB Filesystem, used by SCO OpenServer
  • SkyFS - Developed for SkyOS to replace BFS as the operating system's main file system. It is based on BFS, but contains many new features.
  • SFS – Smart File System, journaling file system available for the Amiga platforms.
  • SpadFS - Linux - non-journaling, hashing lookup
  • STL (standard language file system) - a file system developed by IBM.[3]
  • TRFS - Experimental, design only
  • Tux3 - An experimental versioning file system intended as a replacement for ext3
  • UDF – Packet based file system for WORM/RW media such as CD-RW and DVD, now supports hard drives and flash memory as well.
  • UFS – Unix File System, used on Solaris and older BSD systems
  • UFS2 – Unix File System, used on newer BSD systems
  • VxFS Veritas file system, first commercial journaling file system[citation needed]HP-UXSolarisLinuxAIX
  • VLIR (Variable Length Indexed Record) – a filesystem extension added by Berkeley Softworks to CBMFS, allowing full random access read and write operations, for computers running GEOS.
  • WAFL – Write Anywhere File Layout. High performance, log-structured like file system. WAFL uses RAID-DP to protect against multiple disk failures, and NVRAM for transaction log replays. Used on NetApp systems
  • XFS – Used on SGI IRIX and Linux systems
  • ZFS - Sun Microsystems ZFS open source specification ported to IBM zSeries systems.

File systems with built-in fault-tolerance

These file systems have built-in checksumming and either mirroring or parity for extra redundancy on one or several block devices.

File systems optimized for flash memory, solid state media

Solid state media, like flash memory, are similar to disks in their interfaces, but have different problems. While practically eliminating seek times, they require special handling such as wear leveling and different error detection and correction algorithms.
  • CASL is a filesystem designed by Nimble Storage that uses Solid State Devices to cache traditional hard drives.
  • ETFS - Embedded Transactional File System. Designed primarily for NAND devices by QNX Software Systems.
  • exFAT - Microsoft proprietary system intended for flash cards[5]
  • ExtremeFFS - Internal file system for SSDs.
  • FFS2 (presumably preceded by FFS1), one of the earliest flash file systems. Developed and patented by Microsoft in the early 1990s.[6]
  • JFFS – Original log structured Linux file system for NOR flash media
  • JFFS2 – Successor of JFFS, for NAND and NOR flash
  • LogFS – Intended to replace JFFS2, better scalability. In early development.
  • Non-Volatile File System -- the "non-volatile file system" for flash memory introduced by Palm, Inc..
  • OneFS - OneFS is a file system utilized by Isilon. It supports selective placement of meta-data directly onto flash SSD.
  • Segger Microcontroller Systems emFile - File system for deeply embedded applications which supports both NAND and NOR flashes. Wear leveling, fast read and write, and very low RAM usage.
  • TFAT – A transactional version of the FAT filesystem.
  • TrueFFS - Internal file system for SSDs, implementing error correction, bad block re-mapping and wear levelling.
  • UBIFS – Successor of JFFS2 optimized to utilize non-volatile DRAM
  • UFFS - Ultra low cost flash file system for embedded system [7]
  • Unison RTOS - Fsys-Nand/Nor small footprint low cost flash file system for embedded systems [8]
  • Write Anywhere File Layout - WAFL is an internal file system utilized by NetApp within their DataONTAP OS, originally optimized to use non-volatile DRAM
  • XCFiles – an exFAT implementation from Datalight for Wind River VxWorks and other embedded operating systems
  • YAFFS – A Log structured file system designed for NAND flash, but also used with NOR flash.
  • ZFS - Allows placing write-ahead log (ZIL) on flash, and using flash as a second-level read cache (L2ARC)

Record-oriented file systems

In record-oriented file systems files are stored as a collection of records. They are typically associated with mainframe and minicomputer operating systems. Programs read and write whole records, rather than bytes or arbitrary byte ranges, and can seek to a record boundary but not within records. The more sophisticated record-oriented file systems have more in common with simple databases than with other file systems.

Shared disk file systems

Shared disk file systems (also called shared storage file systemsSAN file systemClustered file system or even cluster file systems) are primarily used in a storage area network where all nodes directly access the block storage where the file system is located. This makes it possible for nodes to fail without affecting access to the file system from the other nodes. Shared disk file systems are normally used in a high-availability cluster together with storage on hardware RAID. Shared disk file systems normally do not scale over 64 or 128 nodes.
Shared disk file systems may be symmetric where metadata is distributed among the nodes or asymmetric with centralized metadata servers.

Distributed file systems

Distributed file systems are also called network file systems. Many implementations have been made, they are location dependent and they have access control lists (ACLs), unless otherwise stated below.

Distributed fault-tolerant file systems

Distributed fault-tolerant replication of data between nodes (between servers or servers/clients) for high availability and offline (disconnected) operation.
  • Coda from Carnegie Mellon University focuses on bandwidth-adaptive operation (including disconnected operation) using a client-side cache for mobile computing. It is a descendant of AFS-2. It is available for Linux under the GPL.
  • Distributed File System (Microsoft) (Dfs) from Microsoft focuses on location transparency and high availability. Available for Windows under a proprietary software license.
  • InterMezzo from Cluster File Systems uses synchronization over HTTP. Available for Linux under GPL but no longer in development since the developers are working on Lustre.
  • Moose File System (MooseFS) from Gemius SA is a networking, distributed file system. It spreads data over several physical locations (servers), which are visible to a user as one resource. Works on Linux, FreeBSD, NetBSD, OpenSolaris and Mac OS X. Master server and chunkservers can also run on Solaris and Windows with Cygwin.
  • Tahoe-LAFS [13] is an open source secure, decentralized, fault-tolerant filesystem utilizing encryption as the basis for a least-authority replicated design.

Distributed parallel file systems

Distributed parallel file systems stripe data over multiple servers for high performance. They are normally used in high-performance computing (HPC).
Some of the distributed parallel file systems use object storage device (OSD) (In Lustre called OST) for chunks of data together with centralized metadata servers.
  • Fraunhofer Parallel File System (FhGFS) from the Fraunhofer Society Competence Center for High Performance Computing. Available free of charge for Linux under a proprietary license. (High availability features are on the roadmap.)
  • Parallel Virtual File System (PVFS, PVFS2). Developed to store virtual system images, with a focus on non shared writing optimizations. Available for Linux under GPL.
  • Starfish is a POSIX-compatible, N-way redundant file system created by Digital Bazaar Inc. and published under a pseudo open source license. Available for Linux and Mac OS. Windows support is available via Samba.

Distributed parallel fault-tolerant file systems

Distributed file systems, which also are parallel and fault tolerant, stripe and replicate data over multiple servers for high performance and to maintain data integrity. Even if a server fails no data is lost. The file systems are used in both high-performance computing (HPC) and high-availability clusters.
All file systems listed here focus on high availabilityscalability and high performance unless otherwise stated below.
In development:
  • PlasmaFS [15] is a free and open-source (GPL) userspace filesystem focusing on data safety and security. PlasmaFS provides a transactional API which is accessible over a SunRPC-based protocol. PlasmaFS can also be mounted as NFS volume, and is POSIX-compliant. Both data and metadata are replicated.
  • WebDFS An Open Source scalable, decentralized file store similar to MogileFS in function and purpose. Uses HTTP as the transport. Data is automatically and optimally re-arranged to accommodate the addition of new resources. The lack of central meta data management greatly simplifies deployment and use.
  • Ceph from University of California, Santa Cruz which utilized entire block devices. Available for Linux under the LGPL. Merged for Linux kernel 2.6.34.
  • zFS from IBM (not to be confused with ZFS from Sun Microsystems or the zFS file system provided with IBM's z/OS operating system) focus on cooperative cache and distributed transactions and uses object storage devices. Under development and not freely available.
  • Hadoop Distributed File System - free GoogleFS clone produced by Apache. http://hadoop.apache.org/
  • HAMMER/ANVIL by Matt Dillon
  • OASIS from ETRI. Very similar to the Lustre or Panasas. Available for Linux via. special technology transfer program provided by ETRI.
  • GLORY-FS also from ETRI. Very similar to the Google File System or Hadoop, but it is fully POSIX compliant. It is specially optimized for large-scale web 2.0 content services. Version 2.5 is available for Linux via. special technology transfer program provided by ETRI. Windows version is under development.
  • parallax [16]
  • PNFS (Parallel NFS) - Clients available for Linux and OpenSolaris and back-ends from NetAppPanasasEMC Highroad and IBM GPFS [17]
  • Coherent Remote File System (CRFS) - requires Btrfs
  • Parallel Optimized Host Message Exchange Layered File System (POHMELFS) and Distributed STorage (DST). POSIX compliant, added to Linux kernel 2.6.30
  • Sector [4] from National Center for Data Mining. Sector is a high performance, scalable, and secure distributed file system. Available under Apache License 2.0
  • StarFS from CDNetworks. The StarFS is a global storage platform which supports virtualization of distributed file system and event-driven file synchronization with remote StarFS clusters.
  • Unilium [5] provides a decentralized, versioning file system stored in content addressable storage, whose data may be hosted across heterogeneous data storage nodes.

Peer-to-peer file systems

  • CFS is a read-only file system based on the Chord DHT
  • Cleversafe uses Cauchy Reed-Solomon Information Dispersal Algorithms (IDAs) to separate data into unrecognizable slices and distribute them, via secure Internet connections, to multiple storage locations.
  • Infinit is a peer-to-peer file system, coded in C++, allowing users to store, access and share their files in a safe and collaborative way from any Internet-connected device.
  • Ivy [18] is a multi-user read/write peer-to-peer file system. Ivy has no centralized or dedicated components, and it provides useful integrity properties without requiring users to fully trust either the underlying peer-to-peer storage system or the other users of the file system.
  • Pastis file system is a French peer-to-peer file system developed in Java
  • ColonyFS emphasises anonymity, security and dependability, is written in Java and C#, and is released under the GPL

Special purpose file systems

  • archfs (archive)
  • aufs an enhanced version of UnionFS stackable unification file system
  • AXFS (small footprint compressed read-only, with XIP)
  • Barracuda WebDAV plug-in. Secure Network File Server for embedded devices.
  • Boot File System was used on UnixWare to store files necessary to its boot process.
  • Cascade File System – provides file system access to Subversion and Perforce repositories and caches their contents locally
  • cdfs (reading and writing of CDs)
  • Compact Disc File System (reading and writing of CDs; experimental)
  • cfs (caching)
  • cvsfs (presents the CVS contents as mountable file system).
  • Dokan LGPL FUSE for Windows analog
  • compFUSEd (overlay transparent read-write compression, FUSE based)
  • FuseCompress (overlay transparent read-write compression, FUSE based)
  • Cramfs (small footprint compressed read-only)
  • Cromfs is a user-space (FUSE based) read-only filesystem using an efficient LZMA compression algorithm.
  • Davfs2 (WebDAV)-
  • Freenet – Decentralized, censorship-resistant
  • FTPFS/CurlFtpFS (ftp access)
  • GmailFS (Google Mail File System)
  • lnfs (long names)
  • mhddfs - Join several filesystems together to form a single larger one
  • mini fo (The mini fanout overlay file system) – Redirects modifying operations to a writeable location called "storage directory", and leaving the original data in the "base directory" untouched. When reading, the file system merges the modified and original data so that only the newest versions will appear. Most prominently used in OpenWrt[19]
  • MVFS – MultiVersion File System, proprietary, used by Rational ClearCase.
  • MTFS – stackable file system, reliability improvement mechanism for Lustre and other file systems based on replication.
  • nntpfs (netnews)
  • ParFiSys (Experimental parallel file system for massively parallel processing)
  • pramfs - Protected and Persistent RAM Filesystem
  • RAIF Redundant Array of Independent Filesystems - stackable RAID-like file system
  • romfs
  • SODA: a Lease-based Consistent Distributed File System - (early 1990s)
  • SquashFS (compressed read-only)
  • SysmanFS (based on FUSE, a virtual file system for cluster system management)
  • tmpfs in-memory temporary file system (on Linux platforms).
  • UMSDOS - FAT file system extended to store permissions and metadata, used for Linux
  • UnionFS - stackable unification file system, which can appear to merge the contents of several directories (branches), while keeping their physical content separate
  • Venti - Plan 9 de-duplicated storage used by Fossil.
  • wikifs (Plan 9) (wiki wiki)
  • WDK.VFS - SiteAdmin CMS Virtual File System introduced by Evgenios Skitsanos
  • Datalight Reliance - transactional file system for 32-bit embedded systems from Datalight, Inc.
  • ERTFS ProPlus64 - it comes with integrated Failsafe operation, it contains a default journaling mode.
  • WBFS - Wii Backup FileSystem
  • whefs - WanderingHorse.net Embedded Filesystem is an open source C library implementing an embedded/embeddable filesystem.

Pseudo- and virtual file systems

  • devfs – Virtual file system in Unix-like operating systems for managing devices on-the-fly
  • procfs – Pseudo-file system, used to access kernel information about processes
  • specfs – Special File System for device files
  • sysfs – Virtual file system in Unix-like operating systems holding information about buses, devices, firmware, filesystems, etc.
  • WinFS – Windows Future Storage, was planned as the successor to NTFS for Windows Vista.

Encrypted file systems

Files system interfaces

These are not really file systems; they allow access to file systems from an operating system standpoint.
  • FUSE (file system in userspace, like LUFS but better maintained)
  • LUFS (Linux userland file system - seems to be abandoned in favour of FUSE)
  • VFS Virtual Filesystem





 Red Hat Enterprise Linux uses the Filesystem Hierarchy Standard (FHS) file system structure, which defines the names, locations, and permissions for many file types and directories.
The FHS document is the authoritative reference to any FHS-compliant file system, but the standard leaves many areas undefined or extensible. This section is an overview of the standard and a description of the parts of the file system not covered by the standard.
Compliance with the standard means many things, but the two most important are compatibility with other compliant systems and the ability to mount a /usr/ partition as read-only. This second point is important because the directory contains common executables and should not be changed by users. Also, since the/usr/ directory is mounted as read-only, it can be mounted from the CD-ROM or from another machine via a read-only NFS mount.

3.2.1. FHS Organization

The directories and files noted here are a small subset of those specified by the FHS document. Refer to the latest FHS document for the most complete information.
The complete standard is available online at http://www.pathname.com/fhs/.

3.2.1.1. The /boot/ Directory

The /boot/ directory contains static files required to boot the system, such as the Linux kernel. These files are essential for the system to boot properly.


 Do not remove the /boot/ directory. Doing so will render the system unbootable.

3.2.1.2. The /dev/ Directory

The /dev/ directory contains file system entries which represent devices that are attached to the system. These files are essential for the system to function properly.

3.2.1.3. The /etc/ Directory

The /etc/ directory is reserved for configuration files that are local to the machine. No binaries are to be put in /etc/. Any binaries that were once located in /etc/ should be placed into /sbin/ or /bin/.
The X11/ and skel/ directories are subdirectories of the /etc/ directory:
/etc
  |- X11/
  |- skel/
The /etc/X11/ directory is for X Window System configuration files such as XF86Config. The/etc/skel/ directory is for "skeleton" user files, which are used to populate a home directory when a user is first created.

3.2.1.4. The /lib/ Directory

The /lib/ directory should contain only those libraries needed to execute the binaries in /bin/ and /sbin/. These shared library images are particularly important for booting the system and executing commands within the root file system.

3.2.1.5. The /mnt/ Directory

The /mnt/ directory is for temporarily mounted file systems, such as CD-ROMs and 3.5 diskettes.

3.2.1.6. The /opt/ Directory

The /opt/ directory provides storage for large, static application software packages.
A package placing files in the /opt/ directory creates a directory bearing the same name as the package. This directory, in turn, holds files that otherwise would be scattered throughout the file system, giving the system administrator an easy way to determine the role of each file within a particular package.
For example, if sample is the name of a particular software package located within the /opt/ directory, then all of its files are placed in directories inside the /opt/sample/ directory, such as /opt/sample/bin/ for binaries and /opt/sample/man/ for manual pages.
Large packages that encompass many different sub-packages, each of which accomplish a particular task, are also located in the /opt/ directory, giving that large package a way to organize itself. In this way, our sample package may have different tools that each go in their own sub-directories, such as /opt/sample/tool1/ and /opt/sample/tool2/, each of which can have their own bin/man/, and other similar directories.

3.2.1.7. The /proc/ Directory

The /proc/ directory contains special files that either extract information from or send information to the kernel.
Due to the great variety of data available within /proc/ and the many ways this directory can be used to communicate with the kernel, an entire chapter has been devoted to the subject. For more information, please refer to Chapter 5 The proc File System.

3.2.1.8. The /sbin/ Directory

The /sbin/ directory stores executables used by the root user. The executables in /sbin/ are only used at boot time and perform system recovery operations. Of this directory, the FHS says:
/sbin contains binaries essential for booting, restoring, recovering, and/or repairing the system in addition to the binaries in /bin. Programs executed after /usr/ is known to be mounted (when there are no problems) are generally placed into /usr/sbin. Locally-installed system administration programs should be placed into /usr/local/sbin.

At a minimum, the following programs should be in /sbin/:
arp, clock,
halt, init, 
fsck.*, grub
ifconfig, lilo, 
mingetty, mkfs.*, 
mkswap, reboot, 
route, shutdown, 
swapoff, swapon

3.2.1.9. The /usr/ Directory

The /usr/ directory is for files that can be shared across multiple machines. The /usr/ directory is often on its own partition and is mounted read-only. At minimum, the following directories should be subdirectories of             /usr/:
/usr
  |- bin/
  |- dict/
  |- doc/
  |- etc/
  |- games/
  |- include/
  |- kerberos/
  |- lib/
  |- libexec/	    
  |- local/
  |- sbin/
  |- share/
  |- src/
  |- tmp -> ../var/tmp/
  |- X11R6/
Under the /usr/ directory, the bin/ directory contains executables, dict/ contains non-FHS compliant documentation pages, etc/ contains system-wide configuration files, games is for games, include/ contains C header files, kerberos/ contains binaries and other Kerberos-related files, and lib/ contains object files and libraries that are not designed to be directly utilized by users or shell scripts. The libexec/ directory contains small helper programs called by other programs, sbin/ is for system administration binaries (those that do not belong in the /sbin/ directory), share/ contains files that are not architecture-specific, src/ is for source code, and X11R6/ is for the X Window System (XFree86 on Red Hat Enterprise Linux).

3.2.1.10. The /usr/local/ Directory

The FHS says:
The /usr/local hierarchy is for use by the system administrator when installing software locally. It needs to be safe from being overwritten when the system software is updated. It may be used for programs and data that are shareable among a group of hosts, but not found in/usr.

The /usr/local/ directory is similar in structure to the /usr/ directory. It has the following subdirectories, which are similar in purpose to those in the /usr/ directory:
/usr/local
       |- bin/
       |- doc/
       |- etc/
       |- games/
       |- include/
       |- lib/
       |- libexec/
       |- sbin/
       |- share/
       |- src/
In Red Hat Enterprise Linux, the intended use for the /usr/local/ directory is slightly different from that specified by the FHS. The FHS says that /usr/local/ should be where software that is to remain safe from system software upgrades is stored. Since software upgrades can be performed safely with Red Hat Package Manager (RPM), it is not necessary to protect files by putting them in /usr/local/. Instead, the           /usr/local/ directory is used for software that is local to the machine.
For instance, if the /usr/ directory is mounted as a read-only NFS share from a remote host, it is still possible to install a package or program under the /usr/local/ directory.

3.2.1.11. The /var/ Directory

Since the FHS requires Linux to mount /usr/ as read-only, any programs that write log files or needspool/ or lock/ directories should write them to the /var/ directory. The FHS states /var/ is for:
...variable data files. This includes spool directories and files, administrative and logging data, and transient and temporary files.

Below are some of the directories found within the /var/ directory:
/var
  |- account/
  |- arpwatch/
  |- cache/
  |- crash/
  |- db/
  |- empty/
  |- ftp/
  |- gdm/
  |- kerberos/
  |- lib/
  |- local/
  |- lock/
  |- log/
  |- mail -> spool/mail/
  |- mailman/
  |- named/
  |- nis/
  |- opt/
  |- preserve/
  |- run/
  +- spool/
       |- at/
       |- clientmqueue/
       |- cron/
       |- cups/
       |- lpd/
       |- mail/
       |- mqueue/
       |- news/
       |- postfix/ 
       |- repackage/
       |- rwho/
       |- samba/ 
       |- squid/
       |- squirrelmail/
       |- up2date/ 
       |- uucppublic/
       |- vbox/
  |- tmp/
  |- tux/
  |- www/
  |- yp/




/usr

/usr usually contains by far the largest share of data on a system. Hence, this is one of the most important directories in the system as it contains all the user binaries, their documentation, libraries, header files, etc.... X and its supporting libraries can be found here. User programs like telnet, ftp, etc.... are also placed here. In the original Unix implementations, /usr was where the home directories of the users were placed (that is to say, /usr/someone was then the directory now known as /home/someone). In current Unices, /usr is where user-land programs and data (as opposed to 'system land' programs and data) are. The name hasn't changed, but it's meaning has narrowed and lengthened from "everything user related" to "user usable programs and data". As such, some people may now refer to this directory as meaning 'User System Resources' and not 'user' as was originally intended.

/usr is shareable, read-only data. That means that /usr should
be shareable between various FHS-compliant hosts and must not be written to.
Any information that is host-specific or varies with time is stored elsewhere.

Large software packages must not use a direct subdirectory under the /usr
hierarchy.



/usr/X11R6


Another large subdirectory structure begins here, containing libraries, executables, docs, fonts and much more concerning the X Window System. Its inclusion here is somewhat inconsistent and so is the difference between '/usr' and '/usr/X11R6' directories. One would assume that programs that run on X only have their files in the '/usr/X11R6' hierarchy, while the others use '/usr'. Regrettably, it isn't so. KDE and GNOME put their files in the '/usr' hierarchy, whereas the window manager Window Maker uses '/usr/X11R6'. Documentation files for X11R6 are not in '/usr/X11R6/doc', but primarily in '/usr/X11R6/lib/X11/doc'. This mess is due to the fact that in contrast to other operating systems, the graphical desktop isn't an integral part of the system. Linux is still primarily used on servers, where graphical systems don't make sense.
This hierarchy is reserved for the X Window System, version 11 release 6, and related files. To simplify matters and make XFree86 more compatible with the X Window System on other systems, the following symbolic links must be present if /usr/X11R6 exists:

  /usr/bin/X11 -> /usr/X11R6/bin
  /usr/lib/X11 -> /usr/X11R6/lib/X11
  /usr/include/X11 -> /usr/X11R6/include/X11
In general, software must not be installed or managed via the above symbolic links. They are intended for utilization by users only. The difficulty is related to the release version of the X Window System - in transitional periods, it is impossible to know what release of X11 is in use.
/usr/X11R6/bin
XFree86 system binaries. These are necessary for the initialisation, configuration and running of the X windowing system. X, xf86config, xauth, xmodmap and even xpenguin are located here.
/usr/X11R6/include
XFree86 system header files. There are required for the compilation of some applications that utilise the X toolkit.
/usr/X11R6/lib
XFree86 system libraries.
/usr/X11R6/lib/modules
XFree86 system modules. These are the modules that X loads upon startup. Without these modules video4linux, DRI and GLX extensions and drivers for certain input devices would cease to function.
/usr/X11R6/lib/X11/fonts
XFree86 system fonts. Fonts that are utilised by 'xfs' (the X Font Server) and programs of that ilk.
/usr/bin
This directory contains the vast majority of binaries on your system. Executables in this directory vary widely. For instance vi, gcc, gnome-session and mozilla and are all found here.
/usr/doc
The central documentation directory. Documentation is actually located in /usr/share/doc and linked from here.
/usr/etc
Theoretically, that's another directory for configuration files. Virtually unused now.
/usr/games
Once upon a time, this directory contained network games files. Rarely used now.
/usr/include
The directory for 'header files', needed for compiling user space source code.
/usr/include/'package-name'
Application specific header files.
/usr/info
This directory used to contain the files for the info documentation system. Now they are in '/usr/share/info'.
/usr/lib
This directory contains program libraries. Libraries are collections of frequently used program routines.
/usr/local
The original idea behind '/usr/local' was to have a separate ('local') '/usr' directory on every machine besides '/usr', which might be just mounted read-only from somewhere else. It copies the structure of '/usr'. These days, '/usr/local' is widely regarded as a good place in which to keep self-compiled or third-party programs. The /usr/local hierarchy is for use by the system administrator when installing software locally. It needs to be safe from being overwritten when the system software is updated. It may be used for programs and data that are shareable amongst a group of hosts, but not found in /usr. Locally installed software must be placed within /usr/local rather than /usr unless it is being installed to replace or upgrade software in /usr.
/usr/man
It once held the man pages. It has been moved to /usr/share/man.
/usr/sbin
This directory contains programs for administering a system, meant to be run by 'root'. Like '/sbin', it's not part of a user's $PATH. Examples of included binaries here are chroot, useradd, in.tftpd and pppconfig.
/usr/share
This directory contains 'shareable', architecture-independent files (docs, icons, fonts etc). Note, however, that '/usr/share' is generally not intended to be shared by different operating systems or by different releases of the same operating system. Any program or package which contains or requires data that doesn't need to be modified should store that data in '/usr/share' (or '/usr/local/share', if installed locally). It is recommended that a subdirectory be used in /usr/share for this purpose."
/usr/share/doc
Location of package specific documentation files. These directories often contain useful information that might not be in the man pages. They may also contain templates and configuration files for certain utilities making configuration that much easier.
/usr/share/info
Location of 'info' pages. This style of documentation seems to be largely ignored now. Manual pages are in far greater favour.
/usr/share/man
Manual pages. They are organised into 8 sections, which are explained below.


man1: User programs
Manual pages that describe publicly accessible commands are contained 
in this chapter. Most program documentation that a user will need to 
use is located here.

man2: System calls
This section describes all of the system calls (requests for the kernel 
to perform operations).

man3: Library functions and subroutines 
Section 3 describes program library routines that are not direct calls 
to kernel services. This and chapter 2 are only really of interest to
programmers.

man4: Special files
Section 4 describes the special files, related driver functions, and 
networking support available in the system. Typically, this includes 
the device files found in /dev and the kernel interface to networking 
protocol support.

man5: File formats
The formats for many data files are documented in the section 5. This 
includes various include files, program output files, and system files.

man6: Games
This chapter documents games, demos, and generally trivial programs.
Different people have various notions about how essential this is.

man7: Miscellaneous Manual pages that are difficult to classify are 
designated as being section 7. The troff and other text processing 
macro packages are found here.

man8: System administration Programs used by system administrators
for system operation and maintenance are documented here. Some of
these programs are also occasionally useful for normal users.
/usr/src
The 'linux' sub-directory holds the Linux kernel sources, header-files and documentation.
/usr/src/RPM
RPM provides a substructure for building RPMs from SRPMs. Organisation of this branch is fairly logical with packages being organised according to a package's architecture.
/usr/src/RPM/BUILD
A temporary store for RPM binary files that are being built from source code.
/usr/src/RPM/RPMS/athlon, /usr/src/RPM/RPMS/i386, /usr/src/RPM/RPMS/i486, /usr/src/RPM/RPMS/i586, /usr/src/RPM/RPMS/i686, /usr/src/RPM/RPMS/noarch
These directories contain architecture dependant RPM source files.
/usr/src/RPM/SOURCES
This directory contains the source TAR files, patches, and icon files for software to be packaged.
/usr/src/RPM/SPECS
RPM SPEC files. A SPEC file is a file that contains information as well as scripts that are necessary to build a package.
/usr/src/RPM/SRPMS
Contains the source RPM files which result from a build.
/usr/src/linux
Contains the source code for the Linux kernel.
/usr/src/linux/.config
The last kernel source configuration. This file is normally created through the 'make config', 'make menuconfig' or 'make xconfig' steps during kernel compilation.
/usr/src/linux/.depend, /usr/src/linux/.hdepend
'make dep' checks the dependencies of the selections you made when you created your .config file. It ensures that the required files can be found and it builds a list that is to be used during compilation. Should this process be successful these two files are created.
/usr/src/linux/COPYING
GNU License
/usr/src/linux/CREDITS
A partial credits-file of people that have contributed to the Linux project. It is sorted by name and formatted to allow easy grepping and beautification by scripts. The fields are: name (N), email (E), web-address (W), PGP key ID and fingerprint (P), description (D), and snail-mail address (S).
/usr/src/linux/MAINTAINERS
List of maintainers and details on how to submit kernel changes.
/usr/src/linux/Makefile
Contains data necessary for compilation of a working kernel. It allows developers and end-users to compile a kernel with a few simple steps (ie. make dep, make clean, make bzImage, make modules, make modules_install) and also not have to worry about re-compiling everything from scratch if parts of it have already been done so and are up to date.
/usr/src/linux/README
These are the release notes for Linux version 2.4. Read them carefully, as they tell you what this is all about, explain how to install the kernel, and what to do if something goes wrong.
/usr/src/linux/REPORTING-BUGS
A suggested procedure for reporting Linux bugs. You aren't obliged to use the bug reporting format, it is provided as a guide to the kind of information that can be useful to developers - no more.
/usr/src/linux/Rules.make
This file contains rules which are shared between multiple Makefiles.
/usr/src/linux/Documentation
Contains documentation that may be necessary in order to re-compile a kernel. However, it also provides quite a lot of information about your Linux system in general as well. For those who wish to seek further information on the contents of this directory you may consult the /usr/src/linux/Documentation/00-INDEX file. Further, more detailed documentation may be found in /usr/src/linux/Documentation/Docbook. Of course, the contents of this directory is written in Docbook but may be converted to pdf, ps or html using the make targets of 'pdfdocs', 'psdocs' and 'htmldocs' respectively.
/usr/tmp
User space temporary files. This directory is not found on modern distributions at all and was most likely created as a consequence of Linux's UNIX heritage


Red Hat Enterprise Linux uses the Filesystem Hierarchy Standard (FHS) file system structure, which defines the names, locations, and permissions for many file types and directories.
The FHS document is the authoritative reference to any FHS-compliant file system, but the standard leaves many areas undefined or extensible. This section is an overview of the standard and a description of the parts of the file system not covered by the standard.
Compliance with the standard means many things, but the two most important are compatibility with other compliant systems and the ability to mount a /usr/ partition as read-only. This second point is important because the directory contains common executables and should not be changed by users. Also, since the /usr/ directory is mounted as read-only, it can be mounted from the CD-ROM or from another machine via a read-only NFS mount.

1.2.1. FHS Organization

The directories and files noted here are a small subset of those specified by the FHS document. Refer to the latest FHS document for the most complete information.
The complete standard is available online at http://www.pathname.com/fhs/.

1.2.1.1. The /boot/ Directory

The /boot/ directory contains static files required to boot the system, such as the Linux kernel. These files are essential for the system to boot properly.

Warning

Do not remove the /boot/ directory. Doing so renders the system unbootable.

1.2.1.2. The /dev/ Directory

The /dev/ directory contains device nodes that either represent devices that are attached to the system or virtual devices that are provided by the kernel. These device nodes are essential for the system to function properly. The udev demon takes care of creating and removing all these device nodes in /dev/.
Devices in the /dev directory and subdirectories are either character (providing only a serial stream of input/output) or block (accessible randomly). Character devices include mouse, keyboard, modem while block devices include hard disk, floppy drive etc. If you have GNOME or KDE installed in your system, devices such as external drives or cds are automatically detected when connected (e.g via usb) or inserted (e.g via CD or DVD drive) and a popup window displaying the contents is automatically displayed. Files in the /dev directory are essential for the system to function properly. Examples of common files in the /dev include:
/dev/hda - the master device on primary IDE channel.
/dev/hdb - the slave device on primary IDE channel.
/dev/tty0 - first virtual console.
/dev/tty1 - second virtual console.
/dev/sda - first device on primary SCSI or SATA channel.
/dev/lp0 - first parallel port.

1.2.1.3. The /etc/ Directory

The /etc/ directory is reserved for configuration files that are local to the machine. No binaries are to be placed in /etc/. Any binaries that were once located in /etc/ should be placed into /sbin/ or /bin/.
Examples of directories in /etc are the X11/ and skel/:

/etc
   |- X11/
   |- skel/
The /etc/X11/ directory is for X Window System configuration files, such as xorg.conf. The /etc/skel/ directory is for "skeleton" user files, which are used to populate a home directory when a user is first created. Applications also store their configuration files in this directory and may reference them when they are executed.

1.2.1.4. The /lib/ Directory

The /lib/ directory should contain only those libraries needed to execute the binaries in /bin/ and /sbin/. These shared library images are particularly important for booting the system and executing commands within the root file system.

1.2.1.5. The /media/ Directory

The /media/ directory contains subdirectories used as mount points for removeable media such as usb storage media, DVDs, CD-ROMs, and Zip disks.

1.2.1.6. The /mnt/ Directory

The /mnt/ directory is reserved for temporarily mounted file systems, such as NFS file system mounts. For all removeable media, please use the /media/ directory. Automatically detected removeable media will be mounted in the /media directory.

Note

The /mnt directory must not be used by installation programs.

1.2.1.7. The /opt/ Directory

The /opt/ directory provides storage for most application software packages.
A package placing files in the /opt/ directory creates a directory bearing the same name as the package. This directory, in turn, holds files that otherwise would be scattered throughout the file system, giving the system administrator an easy way to determine the role of each file within a particular package.
For example, if sample is the name of a particular software package located within the /opt/ directory, then all of its files are placed in directories inside the /opt/sample/ directory, such as /opt/sample/bin/ for binaries and /opt/sample/man/ for manual pages.
Packages that encompass many different sub-packages, data files, extra fonts, clipart etc are also located in the /opt/ directory, giving that large package a way to organize itself. In this way, our sample package may have different tools that each go in their own sub-directories, such as /opt/sample/tool1/ and /opt/sample/tool2/, each of which can have their own bin/, man/, and other similar directories.

1.2.1.8. The /proc/ Directory

The /proc/ directory contains special files that either extract information from or send information to the kernel. Examples include system memory, cpu information, hardware configuration etc.
Due to the great variety of data available within /proc/ and the many ways this directory can be used to communicate with the kernel, an entire chapter has been devoted to the subject. For more information, refer to Chapter 3, The proc File System.

1.2.1.9. The /sbin/ Directory

The /sbin/ directory stores executables used by the root user. The executables in /sbin/ are used at boot time, for system administration and to perform system recovery operations. Of this directory, the FHS says:
/sbin contains binaries essential for booting, restoring, recovering, and/or repairing the system in addition to the binaries in /bin. Programs executed after /usr/ is known to be mounted (when there are no problems) are generally placed into /usr/sbin. Locally-installed system administration programs should be placed into /usr/local/sbin.

At a minimum, the following programs should be in /sbin/:

arp, clock,
halt, init,
fsck.*, grub,
ifconfig, mingetty,
mkfs.*, mkswap,
reboot, route,
shutdown, swapoff,
swapon

1.2.1.10. The /srv/ Directory

The /srv/ directory contains site-specific data served by your system running Red Hat Enterprise Linux. This directory gives users the location of data files for a particular service, such as FTP, WWW, or CVS. Data that only pertains to a specific user should go in the /home/ directory.

1.2.1.11. The /sys/ Directory

The /sys/ directory utilizes the new sysfs virtual file system specific to the 2.6 kernel. With the increased support for hot plug hardware devices in the 2.6 kernel, the /sys/ directory contains information similarly held in /proc/, but displays a hierarchical view of specific device information in regards to hot plug devices.

1.2.1.12. The /usr/ Directory

The /usr/ directory is for files that can be shared across multiple machines. The /usr/ directory is often on its own partition and is mounted read-only. At a minimum, the following directories should be subdirectories of /usr/:

/usr
   |- bin/
   |- etc/
   |- games/   
   |- include/   
   |- kerberos/   
   |- lib/   
   |- libexec/	       
   |- local/   
   |- sbin/   
   |- share/   
   |- src/   
   |- tmp -> ../var/tmp/
Under the /usr/ directory, the bin/ subdirectory contains executables, etc/ contains system-wide configuration files, games is for games, include/ contains C header files, kerberos/ contains binaries and other Kerberos-related files, and lib/ contains object files and libraries that are not designed to be directly utilized by users or shell scripts. The libexec/ directory contains small helper programs called by other programs, sbin/ is for system administration binaries (those that do not belong in the /sbin/ directory), share/ contains files that are not architecture-specific, src/ is for source code.

1.2.1.13. The /usr/local/ Directory

The FHS says:
The /usr/local hierarchy is for use by the system administrator when installing software locally. It needs to be safe from being overwritten when the system software is updated. It may be used for programs and data that are shareable among a group of hosts, but not found in /usr.

The /usr/local/ directory is similar in structure to the /usr/ directory. It has the following subdirectories, which are similar in purpose to those in the /usr/ directory:

/usr/local
        |- bin/        
	|- etc/        
	|- games/        
	|- include/        
	|- lib/        
	|- libexec/        
	|- sbin/        
	|- share/        
	|- src/
In Red Hat Enterprise Linux, the intended use for the /usr/local/ directory is slightly different from that specified by the FHS. The FHS says that /usr/local/ should be where software that is to remain safe from system software upgrades is stored. Since software upgrades can be performed safely with RPM Package Manager (RPM), it is not necessary to protect files by putting them in /usr/local/. Instead, the /usr/local/ directory is used for software that is local to the machine.
For instance, if the /usr/ directory is mounted as a read-only NFS share from a remote host, it is still possible to install a package or program under the /usr/local/ directory.

1.2.1.14. The /var/ Directory

Since the FHS requires Linux to mount /usr/ as read-only, any programs that write log files or need spool/ or lock/ directories should write them to the /var/ directory. The FHS states /var/ is for:
...variable data files. This includes spool directories and files, administrative and logging data, and transient and temporary files.

Below are some of the directories found within the /var/ directory:

/var
   |- account/   
   |- arpwatch/   
   |- cache/   
   |- crash/   
   |- db/   
   |- empty/   
   |- ftp/   
   |- gdm/   
   |- kerberos/   
   |- lib/   
   |- local/   
   |- lock/   
   |- log/   
   |- mail -> spool/mail/   
   |- mailman/   
   |- named/   
   |- nis/   
   |- opt/   
   |- preserve/   
   |- run/   
   +- spool/
       |- at/        
       |- clientmqueue/        
       |- cron/        
       |- cups/        
       |- exim/	              
       |- lpd/        
       |- mail/        
       |- mailman/        
       |- mqueue/        
       |- news/        
       |- postfix/         
       |- repackage/        
       |- rwho/        
       |- samba/         
       |- squid/        
       |- squirrelmail/        
       |- up2date/        
       |- uucp         
       |- uucppublic/        
       |- vbox/   
|- tmp/   
|- tux/   
|- www/  










Linux Filesystem Hierarchy

Version 0.65

Binh Nguyen

2004-07-30

This document outlines the set of requirements and guidelines for file and directory placement under the Linux operating system according to those of the FSSTND v2.3 final (January 29, 2004) and also its actual implementation on an arbitrary system. It is meant to be accessible to all members of the Linux community, be distribution independent and is intended to discuss the impact of the FSSTND and how it has managed to increase the efficiency of support interoperability of applications, system administration tools, development tools, and scripts as well as greater uniformity of documentation for these systems.

Copyright 2003 Binh Nguyen
Trademarks are owned by their owners.
Permission is granted to copy, distribute and/or modify this document under the terms of the GNU Free Documentation License, Version 1.2; with no Invariant Sections, with no Front-Cover Texts, and with no Back-Cover Texts. A copy of the license is included in the section entitled "GNU Free Documentation License".


Source and pre-formatted versions available

The source code and other machine readable formats of this book can be found on the Internet at the Linux Documentation Project home page http://www.tldp.org The latest version of this document can be found at http://cvsview.tldp.org/index.cgi/LDP/guide/docbook/Linux-Filesystem-Hierarchy/

Chapter 1. Linux Filesystem Hierarchy

1.1. Foreward

When migrating from another operating system such as Microsoft Windows to another; one thing that will profoundly affect the end user greatly will be the differences between the filesystems.
What are filesystems?
A filesystem is the methods and data structures that an operating system uses to keep track of files on a disk or partition; that is, the way the files are organized on the disk. The word is also used to refer to a partition or disk that is used to store the files or the type of the filesystem. Thus, one might say I have two filesystems meaning one has two partitions on which one stores files, or that one is using the extended filesystem, meaning the type of the filesystem.
The difference between a disk or partition and the filesystem it contains is important. A few programs (including, reasonably enough, programs that create filesystems) operate directly on the raw sectors of a disk or partition; if there is an existing file system there it will be destroyed or seriously corrupted. Most programs operate on a filesystem, and therefore won't work on a partition that doesn't contain one (or that contains one of the wrong type).
Before a partition or disk can be used as a filesystem, it needs to be initialized, and the bookkeeping data structures need to be written to the disk. This process is called making a filesystem.
Most UNIX filesystem types have a similar general structure, although the exact details vary quite a bit. The central concepts are superblock, inode, data block, directory block, and indirection block. The superblock contains information about the filesystem as a whole, such as its size (the exact information here depends on the filesystem). An inode contains all information about a file, except its name. The name is stored in the directory, together with the number of the inode. A directory entry consists of a filename and the number of the inode which represents the file. The inode contains the numbers of several data blocks, which are used to store the data in the file. There is space only for a few data block numbers in the inode, however, and if more are needed, more space for pointers to the data blocks is allocated dynamically. These dynamically allocated blocks are indirect blocks; the name indicates that in order to find the data block, one has to find its number in the indirect block first.
Like UNIX, Linux chooses to have a single hierarchical directory structure. Everything starts from the root directory, represented by /, and then expands into sub-directories instead of having so-called 'drives'. In the Windows environment, one may put one's files almost anywhere: on C drive, D drive, E drive etc. Such a file system is called a hierarchical structure and is managed by the programs themselves (program directories), not by the operating system. On the other hand, Linux sorts directories descending from the root directory / according to their importance to the boot process.
If you're wondering why Linux uses the frontslash / instead of the backslash \ as in Windows it's because it's simply following the UNIX tradition. Linux, like Unix also chooses to be case sensitive. What this means is that the case, whether in capitals or not, of the characters becomes very important. So this is not the same as THIS. This feature accounts for a fairly large proportion of problems for new users especially during file transfer operations whether it may be via removable disk media such as floppy disk or over the wire by way of FTP.
The filesystem order is specific to the function of a file and not to its program context (the majority of Linux filesystems are 'Second Extended File Systems', short 'EXT2' (aka 'ext2fs' or 'extfs2') or are themselves subsets of this filesystem such as ext3 and Reiserfs). It is within this filesystem that the operating system determines into which directories programs store their files.
If you install a program in Windows, it usually stores most of its files in its own directory structure. A help file for instance may be in C:\Program Files\[program name]\ or in C:\Program Files\[program-name]\help or in C:\Program Files\[program -name]\humpty\dumpty\doo. In Linux, programs put their documentation into /usr/share/doc/[program-name], man(ual) pages into /usr/share/man/man[1-9] and info pages into /usr/share/info. They are merged into and with the system hierarchy.
As all Linux users know, unless you mount a partition or a device, the system does not know of the existence of that partition or device. This might not appear to be the easiest way to provide access to your partitions or devices, however it offers the advantage of far greater flexibility when compared to other operating systems. This kind of layout, known as the unified filesystem, does offer several advantages over the approach that Windows uses. Let's take the example of the /usr directory. This sub-directory of the root directory contains most of the system executables. With the Linux filesystem, you can choose to mount it off another partition or even off another machine over the network using an innumerable set of protocols such as NFS (Sun), Coda (CMU) or AFS (IBM). The underlying system will not and need not know the difference. The presence of the /usr directory is completely transparent. It appears to be a local directory that is part of the local directory structure.
Compliance requires that:
 +---------+-----------------+-------------+
 |         | shareable       | unshareable |
 +---------+-----------------+-------------+
 |static   | /usr            | /etc        |
 |         | /opt            | /boot       |
 +---------+-----------------+-------------+
 |variable | /var/mail       | /var/run    |
 |         | /var/spool/news | /var/lock   |
 +---------+-----------------+-------------+

 "Shareable" files are defined as those that can be stored on one host and
 used on others. "Unshareable" files are those that are not shareable. For
 example, the files in user home directories are shareable whereas device
 lock files are not. "Static" files include binaries, libraries,
 documentation files and other files that do not change without system
 administrator intervention. "Variable" files are defined as files that
 are not static.
 
Another reason for this unified filesystem is that Linux caches a lot of disk accesses using system memory while it is running to accelerate these processes. It is therefore vitally important that these buffers are flushed (get their content written to disk), before the system closes down. Otherwise files are left in an undetermined state which is of course a very bad thing. Flushing is achieved by 'unmounting' the partitions during proper system shutdown. In other words, don't switch your system off while it's running! You may get away with it quite often, since the Linux file system is very robust, but you may also wreak havoc upon important files. Just hit ctrl-alt-del or use the proper commands (e.g. shutdown, poweroff, init 0). This will shut down the system in a decent way which will thus, guarantee the integrity of your files.
Many of us in the Linux community have come to take for granted the existence of excellent books and documents about Linux, an example being those produced by the Linux Documentation Project. We are used to having various packages taken from different sources such as Linux FTP sites and distribution CD-ROMs integrate together smoothly. We have come to accept that we all know where critical files like mount can be found on any machine running Linux. We also take for granted CD-ROM based distributions that can be run directly from the CD and which consume only a small amount of physical hard disk or a RAM disk for some variable files like /etc/passwd, etc. This has not always been the case.
During the adolescent years of Linux during the early to mid-90s each distributor had his own favorite scheme for locating files in the directory hierarchy. Unfortunately, this caused many problems. The Linux File System Structure is a document, which was created to help end this anarchy. Often the group, which creates this document or the document itself, is referred to as the FSSTND. This is short for file system standard". This document has helped to standardize the layout of file systems on Linux systems everywhere. Since the original release of the standard, most distributors have adopted it in whole or in part, much to the benefit of all Linux users.
Since the first draft of the standard, the FSSTND project has been coordinated by Daniel Quinlan and development of this standard has been through consensus by a group of developers and Linux enthusiasts. The FSSTND group set out to accomplish a number of specific goals. The first goal was to solve a number of problems that existed with the current distributions at the time. Back then, it was not possible to have a shareable /usr partition, there was no clear distinction between /bin and /usr/bin, it was not possible to set up a diskless workstation, and there was just general confusion about what files went where. The second goal was to ensure the continuation of some reasonable compatibility with the de-facto standards already in use in Linux and other UNIX-like operating systems. Finally, the standard had to gain widespread approval by the developers, distributors, and users within the Linux community. Without such support, the standard would be pointless, becoming just another way of laying out the file system.
Fortunately, the FSSTND has succeeded though there are also some goals that the FSSTND project did not set out to achieve. The FSSTND does not try to emulate the scheme of any specific commercial UNIX operating system (e.g. SunOS, AIX, etc.) Furthermore, for many of the files covered by the FSSTND, the standard does not dictate whether the files should be present, merely where the files should be if they are present. Finally, for most files, the FSSTND does not attempt to dictate the format of the contents of the files. (There are some specific exceptions when several different packages may need to know the file formats to work together properly. For example, lock files that contain the process ID of the process holding the lock.) The overall objective was to establish the location where common files could be found, if they existed on a particular machine. The FSSTND project began in early August 1993. Since then, there have been a number of public revisions of this document. The latest, v2.3 was released on January 29, 2004.
If you're asking "What's the purpose of all this? Well, the answer depends on who you are. If you are a Linux user, and you don't administrate your own system then the FSSTND ensures that you will be able to find programs where you'd expect them to be if you've already had experience on another Linux machine. It also ensures that any documentation you may have makes sense. Furthermore, if you've already had some experience with Unix before, then the FSSTND shouldn't be too different from what you're currently using, with a few exceptions. Perhaps the most important thing is that the development of a standard brings Linux to a level of maturity authors and commercial application developers feel they can support.
If you administer your own machine then you gain all the benefits of the FSSTND mentioned above. You may also feel more secure in the ability of others to provide support for you, should you have a problem. Furthermore, periodic upgrades to your system are theoretically easier. Since there is an agreed-upon standard for the locations of files, package maintainers can provide instructions for upgrading that will not leave extra, older files lying around your system inhabiting valuable disk space. The FSSTND also means that there is more support from those providing source code packages for you to compile and install yourself. The provider knows, for example, where the executable for sed is to be found on a Linux machine and can use that in his installation scripts or Makefiles.
If you run a large network, the FSSTND may ease many of your NFS headaches, since it specifically addresses the problems which formerly made shared implementations of /usr impractical. If you are a distributor, then you will be affected most by the Linux FSSTND. You may have to do a little extra work to make sure that your distribution is FSSTND-compliant, but your users (and hence your business) will gain by it. If your system is compliant, third party add-on packages (and possibly your own) will integrate smoothly with your system. Your users will, of course, gain all the benefits listed above, and many of your support headaches will be eased. You will benefit from all the discussion and thought that has been put into the FSSTND and avoid many of the pitfalls involved in designing a filesystem structure yourself. If you adhere to the FSSTND, you will also be able to take advantage of various features that the FSSTND was designed around. For example, the FSSTND makes "live" CD-ROMs containing everything except some of the files in the / and /var directories possible. If you write documentation for Linux, the FSSTND makes it much easier to do so, which makes sense to the Linux community. You no longer need to worry about the specific location of lock files on one distribution versus another, nor are you forced to write documentation that is only useful to the users of a specific distribution. The FSSTND is at least partly responsible for the recent explosion of Linux books being published.
If you are a developer, the existence of the FSSTND greatly eases the possibility for potential problems. You can know where important system binaries are found, so you can use them from inside your programs or your shell scripts. Supporting users is also greatly eased, since you don't have to worry about things like the location of these binaries when resolving support issues. If you are the developer of a program that needs to integrate with the rest of the system, the FSSTND ensures that you can be certain of the steps to meet this end. For example, applications such as kermit, which access the serial ports, need to know they can achieve exclusive access to the TTY device. The FSSTND specifies a common method of doing this so that all compliant applications can work together. That way you can concentrate on making more great software for Linux instead of worrying about how to detect and deal with the differences in flavors of Linux. The widespread acceptance of the FSSTND by the Linux community has been crucial to the success of both the standard and operating system. Nearly every modern distribution conforms to the Linux FSSTND. If your implementation isn't at least partially FSSTND compliant, then it is probably either very old or you built it yourself. The FSSTND itself contains a list of some of the distributions that aim to conform to the FSSTND. However, there are some distributions that are known to cut some corners in their implementation of FSSTND.
By no means does this mean that the standard itself is complete. There are still unresolved issues such as the organization of architecture-independent scripts and data files /usr/share. Up until now, the i386 has been the primary platform for Linux, so the need for standardization of such files was non-existent.
The rapid progress in porting Linux to other architectures (MC680x0, Alpha, MIPS, PowerPC) suggests that this issue will soon need to be dealt with. Another issue that is under some discussion is the creation of an /opt directory as in SVR4. The goal for such a directory would be to provide a location for large commercial or third party packages to install themselves without worrying about the requirements made by FSSTND for the other directory hierarchies. The FSSTND provides the Linux community with an excellent reference document and has proven to be an important factor in the maturation of Linux. As Linux continues to evolve, so will the FSSTND.
Now, that we have seen how things should be, let's take a look at the real world. As you will see, the implementation of this concept on Linux isn't perfect and since Linux has always attracted individualists who tend to be fairly opinionated, it has been a bone of contention among users for instance which directories certain files should be put into. With the arrival of different distributions, anarchy has once again descended upon us. Some distributions put mount directories for external media into the / directory, others into /mnt. Red Hat based distributions feature the /etc/sysconfig sub-hierarchy for configuration files concerning input and network devices. Other distributions do not have this directory at all and put the appropriate files elsewhere or even use completely different mechanisms to do the same thing. Some distributions put KDE into /opt/, others into /usr.
But even within a given file system hierarchy, there are inconsistencies. For example, even though this was never the intention of the XFree86 group, XFree86 does indeed have its own directory hierarchy.
These problems don't manifest themselves as long as you compile programs yourself. You can adapt configure scripts or Makefiles to your system's configuration or to your preference. It's a different story if you install pre-compiled packages like RPMs though. Often these are not adaptable from one file system hierarchy to another. What's worse: some RPMs might even create their own hierarchy. If you, say, install a KDE RPM from the SuSE Linux distribution on your Mandrake system, the binary will be put into /opt/kde2/bin. And thus it won't work, because Mandrake expects it to be in /usr/bin. There are of course ways to circumvent this problem but the current situation is clearly untenable. Thus, all the leading Linux distributors have joined the Linux Standard Base project, which is attempting to create a common standard for Linux distributions. This isn't easy, since changing the file system hierarchy means a lot of work for distributors so every distributor tries to push a standard which will allow them to keep as much of their own hierarchy as possible. The LSB will also encompass the proposals made by the Filesystem Hierarchy Standard project (FHS, former FSSTND).

1.2. The Root Directory

To comply with the FSSTND the following directories, or symbolic links to directories, are required in /.

       /bin       Essential command binaries
       /boot      Static files of the boot loader
       /dev       Device files
       /etc       Host-specific system configuration
       /lib       Essential shared libraries and kernel modules
       /media     Mount point for removeable media
       /mnt       Mount point for mounting a filesystem temporarily
       /opt       Add-on application software packages
       /sbin      Essential system binaries
       /srv       Data for services provided by this system
       /tmp       Temporary files
       /usr       Secondary hierarchy
       /var       Variable data
       

The following directories, or symbolic links to directories, must be in /, if the corresponding subsystem is installed:

     / -- the root directory
     /home User home directories (optional)
     /lib<qual> Alternate format essential shared libraries
                      (optional)
     /root Home directory for the root user (optional)
     

Each directory listed above is described in detail in separate subsections further on in this document.
The reference system will be based upon Debian 3.0r0 (Woody), 2.4.18 kernel configured to a Redhat kernel-2.4.18-i686.config file.


Hardware


  • Intel Celeron 766 Processor
  • MSI MS-6309 V.2.0 Mainboard
  • 512MB PQI PC133 SDRAM
  • 16x Lite-On LTD-165H DVD-ROM
  • 40x24x10 Sony CRX175A1 CD-RW
  • NVIDIA RIVA 32MB TNT2 M64
  • D-Link DFE-530TX 10/100 NIC
  • Realtek RTL8029(AS) 10 NIC
  • Lucent Mars2 Linmodem
  • C-Media CMI8738 PCI Audio Device
  • Miro DC-30 VIVO
  • Aopen KF-45A Miditower Case
  • Acer Accufeel Keyboard
  • Genius Netscroll+ Mouse
  • Compaq MV500 Presario Monitor
Software


  • Windows XP on /dev/hda1
  • FreeBSD 4.2 on /dev/hda2
  • Redhat 8.0 on /dev/hda5
  • Debian 3.0r0 on /dev/hda6
  • Mandrake 9.1 on /dev/hda7
  • Swap partition on /dev/hda8

As we all know Linux file system starts with /, the root directory. All other directories are 'children' of this directory. The partition which the root file system resides on is mounted first during boot and the system will not boot if it doesn't find it. On our reference system, the root directory contains the following sub-directories:
bin/ dev/ home/ lost+found/ proc/ sbin/ usr/ cdrom/ opt/ vmlinuz boot/ etc/ lib/ mnt/ root/ tmp/ var/ dvd/ floppy/ initrd/ /tftpboot
In days past it was also the home directory of 'root' but now he has been given his own directory for reasons that will be explained further on in this document.

1.3. /bin

Unlike /sbin, the bin directory contains several useful commands that are of use to both the system administrator as well as non-privileged users. It usually contains the shells like bash, csh, etc.... and commonly used commands like cp, mv, rm, cat, ls. For this reason and in contrast to /usr/bin, the binaries in this directory are considered to be essential. The reason for this is that it contains essential system programs that must be available even if only the partition containing / is mounted. This situation may arise should you need to repair other partitions but have no access to shared directories (ie. you are in single user mode and hence have no network access). It also contains programs which boot scripts may depend on.
Compliance to the FSSTND means that there are no subdirectories in /bin and that the following commands, or symbolic links to commands, are located there.

cat      Utility to concatenate files to standard output
chgrp    Utility to change file group ownership
chmod    Utility to change file access permissions
chown    Utility to change file owner and group
cp       Utility to copy files and directories
date     Utility to print or set the system data and time
dd       Utility to convert and copy a file
df       Utility to report filesystem disk space usage
dmesg    Utility to print or control the kernel message buffer
echo     Utility to display a line of text
false    Utility to do nothing, unsuccessfully
hostname Utility to show or set the system's host name
kill     Utility to send signals to processes
ln       Utility to make links between files
login    Utility to begin a session on the system
ls       Utility to list directory contents
mkdir    Utility to make directories
mknod    Utility to make block or character special files
more     Utility to page through text
mount    Utility to mount a filesystem
mv       Utility to move/rename files
ps       Utility to report process status
pwd      Utility to print name of current working directory
rm       Utility to remove files or directories
rmdir    Utility to remove empty directories
sed      The `sed' stream editor
sh       The Bourne command shell
stty     Utility to change and print terminal line settings
su       Utility to change user ID
sync     Utility to flush filesystem buffers
true     Utility to do nothing, successfully
umount   Utility to unmount file systems
uname    Utility to print system information

If /bin/sh is not a true Bourne shell, it must be a hard or symbolic link to
the real shell command.

The rationale behind this is because sh and bash mightn't necessarily behave 
in the same manner. The use of a symbolic link also allows users to easily
see that /bin/sh is not a true Bourne shell.

The [ and test commands must be placed together in either /bin or /usr/bin.

The requirement for the [ and test commands to be included as binaries
(even if implemented internally by the shell) is shared with the POSIX.2
standard.

The following programs, or symbolic links to programs, must be in /bin if the
corresponding subsystem is installed:

csh     The C shell (optional)
ed      The `ed' editor (optional)
tar     The tar archiving utility (optional)
cpio    The cpio archiving utility (optional)
gzip    The GNU compression utility (optional)
gunzip  The GNU uncompression utility (optional)
zcat    The GNU uncompression utility (optional)
netstat The network statistics utility (optional)
ping    The ICMP network test utility (optional)

If the gunzip and zcat programs exist, they must be symbolic or hard links to
gzip. /bin/csh may be a symbolic link to /bin/tcsh or /usr/bin/tcsh.

The tar, gzip and cpio commands have been added to make restoration of a 
system possible (provided that / is intact).

Conversely, if no restoration from the root partition is ever expected,
then these binaries might be omitted (e.g., a ROM chip root, mounting /usr
through NFS). If restoration of a system is planned through the network,
then ftp or tftp (along with everything necessary to get an ftp connection)
must be available on the root partition.

1.4. /boot

This directory contains everything required for the boot process except for configuration files not needed at boot time (the most notable of those being those that belong to the GRUB boot-loader) and the map installer. Thus, the /boot directory stores data that is used before the kernel begins executing user-mode programs. This may include redundant (back-up) master boot records, sector/system map files, the kernel and other important boot files and data that is not directly edited by hand. Programs necessary to arrange for the boot loader to be able to boot a file are placed in /sbin. Configuration files for boot loaders are placed in /etc. The system kernel is located in either / or /boot (or as under Debian in /boot but is actually a symbolically linked at / in accordance with the FSSTND).


/boot/boot.0300
Backup master boot record.
/boot/boot.b
This is installed as the basic boot sector. In the case of most modern distributions it is actually a symbolic link to one of four files /boot/boot-bmp.b, /boot/boot-menu.b, /boot/boot-text.b, /boot/boot-compat.b which allow a user to change the boot-up schema so that it utilises a splash screen, a simple menu, a text based interface or a minimal boot loader to ensure compatibility respectively. In each case re-installation of lilo is necessary in order to complete the changes. To change the actual 'boot-logo' you can either use utilities such as fblogo or the more refined bootsplash.
/boot/chain.b
Used to boot non-Linux operating systems.
/boot/config-kernel-version
Installed kernel configuration. This file is most useful when compiling kernels on other systems or device modules. Below is a small sample of what the contents of the file looks like.

        CONFIG_X86=y
        CONFIG_MICROCODE=m
        CONFIG_X86_MSR=m
        CONFIG_MATH_EMULATION=y
        CONFIG_MTRR=y
        CONFIG_MODULES=y
        CONFIG_MODVERSIONS=y
        CONFIG_SCSI_DEBUG=m
        CONFIG_I2O=m
        CONFIG_ARCNET_ETH=y
        CONFIG_FMV18X=m
        CONFIG_HPLAN_PLUS=m
        CONFIG_ETH16I=m
        CONFIG_NE2000=m
        CONFIG_HISAX_HFC_PCI=y
        CONFIG_ISDN_DRV_AVMB1_C4=m
        CONFIG_USB_RIO500=m
        CONFIG_QUOTA=y
        CONFIG_AUTOFS_FS=m
        CONFIG_ADFS_FS=m
        CONFIG_AFFS_FS=m
        CONFIG_HFS_FS=m
        CONFIG_FAT_FS=y
        CONFIG_MSDOS_FS=y
        CONFIG_UMSDOS_FS=m
        CONFIG_FBCON_VGA=m
        CONFIG_FONT_8x8=y
        CONFIG_FONT_8x16=y
        CONFIG_SOUND=m
        CONFIG_SOUND_CMPCI=m
        CONFIG_AEDSP16=m
  

As you can see, it's rather simplistic. The line begins with the configuration option and whether it's configured as part of the kernel, as a module or not at all. Lines beginning with a # symbol are comments and are not interpreted during processing.
/boot/os2_d.b
Used to boot to the 0S/2 operating system.
/boot/map
Contains the location of the kernel.
/boot/vmlinuz, /boot/vmlinuz-kernel-version
Normally the kernel or symbolic link to the kernel.
/boot/grub
This subdirectory contains the GRUB configuration files including boot-up images and sounds. GRUB is the GNU GRand Unified Bootloader, a project which intends to solve all bootup problems once and for all. One of the most interesting features, is that you don't have to install a new partition or kernel, you can change all parameters at boot time via the GRUB Console, since it knows about the filesystems.
/boot/grub/device.map
Maps devices in /dev to those used by grub. For example, (/dev/fd0) is represented by /dev/fd0 and (hd0, 4) is referenced by /dev/hda5.
/boot/grub/grub.conf, /boot/grub/menu.lst
Grub configuration file.
/boot/grub/messages
Grub boot-up welcome message.
/boot/grub/splash.xpm.gz
Grub boot-up background image.

1.5. /dev

/dev is the location of special or device files. It is a very interesting directory that highlights one important aspect of the Linux filesystem - everything is a file or a directory. Look through this directory and you should hopefully see hda1, hda2 etc.... which represent the various partitions on the first master drive of the system. /dev/cdrom and /dev/fd0 represent your CD-ROM drive and your floppy drive. This may seem strange but it will make sense if you compare the characteristics of files to that of your hardware. Both can be read from and written to. Take /dev/dsp, for instance. This file represents your speaker device. Any data written to this file will be re-directed to your speaker. If you try 'cat /boot/vmlinuz > /dev/dsp' (on a properly configured system) you should hear some sound on the speaker. That's the sound of your kernel! A file sent to /dev/lp0 gets printed. Sending data to and reading from /dev/ttyS0 will allow you to communicate with a device attached there - for instance, your modem.
The majority of devices are either block or character devices; however other types of devices exist and can be created. In general, 'block devices' are devices that store or hold data, 'character devices' can be thought of as devices that transmit or transfer data. For example, diskette drives, hard drives and CD-ROM drives are all block devices while serial ports, mice and parallel printer ports are all character devices. There is a naming scheme of sorts but in the vast majority of cases these are completely illogical.

total 724
lrwxrwxrwx    1 root     root           13 Sep 28 18:06 MAKEDEV -> /sbin/MAKEDEV
crw-rw----    1 root     audio     14,  14 Oct  7 16:26 admmidi0
crw-rw----    1 root     audio     14,  30 Oct  7 16:26 admmidi1
lrwxrwxrwx    1 root     root           11 Oct  7 16:26 amidi -> /dev/amidi0
crw-rw----    1 root     audio     14,  13 Oct  7 16:26 amidi0
crw-rw----    1 root     audio     14,  29 Oct  7 16:26 amidi1
crw-rw----    1 root     audio     14,  11 Oct  7 16:26 amixer0
crw-rw----    1 root     audio     14,  27 Oct  7 16:26 amixer1
drwxr-xr-x    2 root     root         4096 Sep 28 18:05 ataraid
lrwxrwxrwx    1 root     root           11 Oct  7 16:26 audio -> /dev/audio0
crw-rw----    1 root     audio     14,   4 Oct  7 16:26 audio0
crw-rw----    1 root     audio     14,  20 Oct  7 16:26 audio1
crw-rw----    1 root     audio     14,   7 Mar 15  2002 audioctl
lrwxrwxrwx    1 root     root            9 Oct 14 22:51 cdrom -> /dev/scd1
lrwxrwxrwx    1 root     root            9 Oct 14 22:52 cdrom1 -> /dev/scd0
crw-------    1 root     tty        5,   1 Jan 19 20:47 console
lrwxrwxrwx    1 root     root           11 Sep 28 18:06 core -> /proc/kcore
crw-rw----    1 root     audio     14,  10 Oct  7 16:26 dmfm0
crw-rw----    1 root     audio     14,  26 Oct  7 16:26 dmfm1
crw-rw----    1 root     audio     14,   9 Oct  7 16:26 dmmidi0
crw-rw----    1 root     audio     14,  25 Oct  7 16:26 dmmidi1
lrwxrwxrwx    1 root     root            9 Oct  7 16:26 dsp -> /dev/dsp0
crw-rw----    1 root     audio     14,   3 Oct  7 16:26 dsp0
crw-rw----    1 root     audio     14,  19 Oct  7 16:26 dsp1
crw--w----    1 root     video     29,   0 Mar 15  2002 fb0
crw--w----    1 root     video     29,   1 Mar 15  2002 fb0autodetect
crw--w----    1 root     video     29,   0 Mar 15  2002 fb0current
crw--w----    1 root     video     29,  32 Mar 15  2002 fb1
crw--w----    1 root     video     29,  33 Mar 15  2002 fb1autodetect
crw--w----    1 root     video     29,  32 Mar 15  2002 fb1current
lrwxrwxrwx    1 root     root           13 Sep 28 18:05 fd -> /proc/self/fd
brw-rw----    1 root     floppy     2,   0 Mar 15  2002 fd0
brw-rw----    1 root     floppy     2,   1 Mar 15  2002 fd1
crw--w--w-    1 root     root       1,   7 Sep 28 18:06 full
brw-rw----    1 root     disk       3,   0 Mar 15  2002 hda
brw-rw----    1 root     disk       3,  64 Mar 15  2002 hdb
brw-rw----    1 root     disk      22,   0 Mar 15  2002 hdc
brw-rw----    1 root     disk      22,  64 Mar 15  2002 hdd
drwxr-xr-x    2 root     root        12288 Sep 28 18:05 ida
prw-------    1 root     root            0 Jan 19 20:46 initctl
brw-rw----    1 root     disk       1, 250 Mar 15  2002 initrd
drwxr-xr-x    2 root     root         4096 Sep 28 18:05 input
crw-rw----    1 root     dialout   45, 128 Mar 15  2002 ippp0
crw-rw----    1 root     dialout   45,   0 Mar 15  2002 isdn0
crw-rw----    1 root     dialout   45,  64 Mar 15  2002 isdnctrl0
crw-rw----    1 root     dialout   45, 255 Mar 15  2002 isdninfo
crw-------    1 root     root      10,   4 Mar 15  2002 jbm
crw-r-----    1 root     kmem       1,   2 Sep 28 18:06 kmem
brw-rw----    1 root     cdrom     24,   0 Mar 15  2002 lmscd
crw-------    1 root     root      10,   0 Mar 15  2002 logibm
brw-rw----    1 root     disk       7,   0 Sep 28 18:06 loop0
brw-rw----    1 root     disk       7,   1 Sep 28 18:06 loop1
crw-rw----    1 root     lp         6,   0 Mar 15  2002 lp0
crw-rw----    1 root     lp         6,   1 Mar 15  2002 lp1
crw-rw----    1 root     lp         6,   2 Mar 15  2002 lp2
crw-r-----    1 root     kmem       1,   1 Sep 28 18:06 mem
lrwxrwxrwx    1 root     root           10 Oct  7 16:26 midi -> /dev/midi0
crw-rw----    1 root     audio     14,   2 Oct  7 16:26 midi0
crw-rw----    1 root     audio     14,  18 Oct  7 16:26 midi1
lrwxrwxrwx    1 root     root           11 Oct  7 16:26 mixer -> /dev/mixer0
crw-rw-rw-    1 root     root      14,   0 Nov 11 16:22 mixer0
crw-rw----    1 root     audio     14,  16 Oct  7 16:26 mixer1
lrwxrwxrwx    1 root     root           11 Oct  7 06:50 modem -> /dev/ttyLT0
crw-rw----    1 root     audio     31,   0 Mar 15  2002 mpu401data
crw-rw----    1 root     audio     31,   1 Mar 15  2002 mpu401stat
crw-rw----    1 root     audio     14,   8 Oct  7 16:26 music
crw-rw-rw-    1 root     root       1,   3 Sep 28 18:06 null
crw-rw-rw-    1 root     root     195,   0 Jan  6 03:03 nvidia0
crw-rw-rw-    1 root     root     195,   1 Jan  6 03:03 nvidia1
crw-rw-rw-    1 root     root     195, 255 Jan  6 03:03 nvidiactl
crw-rw----    1 root     lp         6,   0 Mar 15  2002 par0
crw-rw----    1 root     lp         6,   1 Mar 15  2002 par1
crw-rw----    1 root     lp         6,   2 Mar 15  2002 par2
-rw-r--r--    1 root     root       665509 Oct  7 16:41 pcm
crw-r-----    1 root     kmem       1,   4 Sep 28 18:06 port
crw-rw----    1 root     dip      108,   0 Sep 28 18:07 ppp
crw-------    1 root     root      10,   1 Mar 15  2002 psaux
crw-rw-rw-    1 root     root       1,   8 Sep 28 18:06 random
crw-rw----    1 root     root      10, 135 Mar 15  2002 rtc
brw-rw----    1 root     cdrom     11,   0 Mar 15  2002 scd0
brw-rw----    1 root     cdrom     11,   1 Mar 15  2002 scd1
brw-rw----    1 root     disk       8,   0 Mar 15  2002 sda
brw-rw----    1 root     disk       8,   1 Mar 15  2002 sda1
brw-rw----    1 root     disk       8,   2 Mar 15  2002 sda2
brw-rw----    1 root     disk       8,   3 Mar 15  2002 sda3
brw-rw----    1 root     disk       8,   4 Mar 15  2002 sda4
brw-rw----    1 root     disk       8,  16 Mar 15  2002 sdb
brw-rw----    1 root     disk       8,  17 Mar 15  2002 sdb1
brw-rw----    1 root     disk       8,  18 Mar 15  2002 sdb2
brw-rw----    1 root     disk       8,  19 Mar 15  2002 sdb3
brw-rw----    1 root     disk       8,  20 Mar 15  2002 sdb4
crw-rw----    1 root     audio     14,   1 Oct  7 16:26 sequencer
lrwxrwxrwx    1 root     root           10 Oct  7 16:26 sequencer2 -> /dev/music
lrwxrwxrwx    1 root     root            4 Sep 28 18:05 stderr -> fd/2
lrwxrwxrwx    1 root     root            4 Sep 28 18:05 stdin -> fd/0
lrwxrwxrwx    1 root     root            4 Sep 28 18:05 stdout -> fd/1
crw-rw-rw-    1 root     tty        5,   0 Sep 28 18:06 tty
crw-------    1 root     root       4,   0 Sep 28 18:06 tty0
crw-------    1 root     root       4,   1 Jan 19 14:59 tty1
crw-rw----    1 root     dialout   62,  64 Oct  7 06:50 ttyLT0
crw-rw----    1 root     dialout    4,  64 Mar 15  2002 ttyS0
crw-rw----    1 root     dialout    4,  65 Mar 15  2002 ttyS1
crw-rw----    1 root     dialout    4,  66 Mar 15  2002 ttyS2
crw-rw----    1 root     dialout    4,  67 Mar 15  2002 ttyS3
crw-rw----    1 root     dialout  188,   0 Mar 15  2002 ttyUSB0
crw-rw----    1 root     dialout  188,   1 Mar 15  2002 ttyUSB1
cr--r--r--    1 root     root       1,   9 Jan 19 20:46 urandom
drwxr-xr-x    2 root     root         4096 Sep 28 18:05 usb
prw-r-----    1 root     adm             0 Jan 19 14:58 xconsole
crw-rw-rw-    1 root     root       1,   5 Sep 28 18:06 zero

Some common device files as well as their equivalent counterparts under Windows that you may wish to remember are:


/dev/ttyS0 (First communications port, COM1)
First serial port (mice, modems).
/dev/psaux (PS/2)
PS/2 mouse connection (mice, keyboards).
/dev/lp0 (First printer port, LPT1)
First parallel port (printers, scanners, etc).
/dev/dsp (First audio device)
The name DSP comes from the term digital signal processor, a specialized processor chip optimized for digital signal analysis. Sound cards may use a dedicated DSP chip, or may implement the functions with a number of discrete devices. Other terms that may be used for this device are digitized voice and PCM.
/dev/usb (USB Devices)
This subdirectory contains most of the USB device nodes. Device name allocations are fairly simplistic so no elaboration is be necessary.
/dev/sda (C:\, SCSI device)
First SCSI device (HDD, Memory Sticks, external mass storage devices such as CD-ROM drives on laptops, etc).
/dev/scd (D:\, SCSI CD-ROM device)
First SCSI CD-ROM device.
/dev/js0 (Standard gameport joystick)
First joystick device.

Devices are defined by type, such as 'block' or 'character', and 'major' and 'minor' number. The major number is used to categorize a device and the minor number is used to identify a specific device type. For example, all IDE device connected to the primary controller have a major number of 3. Master and slave devices, as well as individual partitions are further defined by the use of minor numbers. These are the two numbers precede the date in the following display:
# ls -l /dev/hd*

brw-rw----    1 root     disk       3,   0 Mar 15  2002 /dev/hda
brw-rw----    1 root     disk       3,   1 Mar 15  2002 /dev/hda1
brw-rw----    1 root     disk       3,  10 Mar 15  2002 /dev/hda10
brw-rw----    1 root     disk       3,  11 Mar 15  2002 /dev/hda11
brw-rw----    1 root     disk       3,  12 Mar 15  2002 /dev/hda12
brw-rw----    1 root     disk       3,  13 Mar 15  2002 /dev/hda13
brw-rw----    1 root     disk       3,  14 Mar 15  2002 /dev/hda14
brw-rw----    1 root     disk       3,  15 Mar 15  2002 /dev/hda15
brw-rw----    1 root     disk       3,  16 Mar 15  2002 /dev/hda16
brw-rw----    1 root     disk       3,  17 Mar 15  2002 /dev/hda17
brw-rw----    1 root     disk       3,  18 Mar 15  2002 /dev/hda18
brw-rw----    1 root     disk       3,  19 Mar 15  2002 /dev/hda19
brw-rw----    1 root     disk       3,   2 Mar 15  2002 /dev/hda2
brw-rw----    1 root     disk       3,  20 Mar 15  2002 /dev/hda20
brw-rw----    1 root     disk       3,   3 Mar 15  2002 /dev/hda3
brw-rw----    1 root     disk       3,   4 Mar 15  2002 /dev/hda4
brw-rw----    1 root     disk       3,   5 Mar 15  2002 /dev/hda5
brw-rw----    1 root     disk       3,   6 Mar 15  2002 /dev/hda6
brw-rw----    1 root     disk       3,   7 Mar 15  2002 /dev/hda7
brw-rw----    1 root     disk       3,   8 Mar 15  2002 /dev/hda8
brw-rw----    1 root     disk       3,   9 Mar 15  2002 /dev/hda9
brw-rw----    1 root     disk       3,  64 Mar 15  2002 /dev/hdb
brw-rw----    1 root     disk       3,  65 Mar 15  2002 /dev/hdb1
brw-rw----    1 root     disk       3,  74 Mar 15  2002 /dev/hdb10
brw-rw----    1 root     disk       3,  75 Mar 15  2002 /dev/hdb11
brw-rw----    1 root     disk       3,  76 Mar 15  2002 /dev/hdb12
brw-rw----    1 root     disk       3,  77 Mar 15  2002 /dev/hdb13
brw-rw----    1 root     disk       3,  78 Mar 15  2002 /dev/hdb14
brw-rw----    1 root     disk       3,  79 Mar 15  2002 /dev/hdb15
brw-rw----    1 root     disk       3,  80 Mar 15  2002 /dev/hdb16
brw-rw----    1 root     disk       3,  81 Mar 15  2002 /dev/hdb17
brw-rw----    1 root     disk       3,  82 Mar 15  2002 /dev/hdb18
brw-rw----    1 root     disk       3,  83 Mar 15  2002 /dev/hdb19
brw-rw----    1 root     disk       3,  66 Mar 15  2002 /dev/hdb2
brw-rw----    1 root     disk       3,  84 Mar 15  2002 /dev/hdb20
brw-rw----    1 root     disk       3,  67 Mar 15  2002 /dev/hdb3
brw-rw----    1 root     disk       3,  68 Mar 15  2002 /dev/hdb4
brw-rw----    1 root     disk       3,  69 Mar 15  2002 /dev/hdb5
brw-rw----    1 root     disk       3,  70 Mar 15  2002 /dev/hdb6
brw-rw----    1 root     disk       3,  71 Mar 15  2002 /dev/hdb7
brw-rw----    1 root     disk       3,  72 Mar 15  2002 /dev/hdb8
brw-rw----    1 root     disk       3,  73 Mar 15  2002 /dev/hdb9
brw-rw----    1 root     disk      22,   0 Mar 15  2002 /dev/hdc
brw-rw----    1 root     disk      22,  64 Mar 15  2002 /dev/hdd

The major number for both hda and hdb devices is 3. Of course, the minor number changes for each specific partition. The definition of each major number category can be examined by looking at the contents of the /usr/src/linux/include/linux/major.h file. The devices.txt also documents major and minor numbers. It is located in the /usr/src/linux/Documentation directory. This file defines the major numbers. Almost all files devices are created by default at the install time. However, you can always create a device using the mknod command or the MAKEDEV script which is located in the /dev directory itself. Devices can be created with this utility by supplying the device to be created, the device type (block or character) and the major and minor numbers. For example, let's say you have accidentally deleted /dev/ttyS0 (COM1 under Windows), it can be recreated using the following command
# mknod ttyS0 c 4 64
For those of us who are rather lazy you can simply run the MAKEDEV script as such
# MAKEDEV *
which will create all devices known.
If is possible that /dev may also contain a MAKEDEV.local for the creation of any local device files.
In general and as required by the FSSTND, MAKEDEV will have provisions for creating any device that may be found on the system, not just those that a particular implementation installs.
For those of you who are wondering why Linux is using such a primitive system to reference devices its because we haven't been able to devise a sufficiently sophisticated mechanism which provides enough advantages over the current system in order to achieve widespread adoption.
To date (as of kernel version 2.4), the best attempt has been made by Richard Gooch of the CSIRO. It's called devfsd and has been a part of the kernel for a number of years now. It has been sanctioned by the kernel developers and Linus himself and details of its implementation can be found at /usr/src/linux/Documentation/filesystems/devfs/README. Below is an excerpt from this document.
Devfs is an alternative to "real" character and block special devices on your root filesystem. Kernel device drivers can register devices by name rather than major and minor numbers. These devices will appear in devfs automatically, with whatever default ownership and protection the driver specified. A daemon (devfsd) can be used to override these defaults. Devfs has been in the kernel since 2.3.46.
NOTE that devfs is entirely optional. If you prefer the old disc-based device nodes, then simply leave CONFIG_DEVFS_FS=n (the default). In this case, nothing will change. ALSO NOTE that if you do enable devfs, the defaults are such that full compatibility is maintained with the old devices names.
There are two aspects to devfs: one is the underlying device namespace, which is a namespace just like any mounted filesystem. The other aspect is the filesystem code which provides a view of the device namespace. The reason I make a distinction is because devfs can be mounted many times, with each mount showing the same device namespace. Changes made are global to all mounted devfs filesystems. Also, because the devfs namespace exists without any devfs mounts, you can easily mount the root filesystem by referring to an entry in the devfs namespace.
The cost of devfs is a small increase in kernel code size and memory usage. About 7 pages of code (some of that in __init sections) and 72 bytes for each entry in the namespace. A modest system has only a couple of hundred device entries, so this costs a few more pages. Compare this with the suggestion to put /dev on a ramdisc.
On a typical machine, the cost is under 0.2 percent. On a modest system with 64 MBytes of RAM, the cost is under 0.1 percent. The accusations of "bloatware" levelled at devfs are not justified.
As of kernel version 2.6, devfs has been marked obsolete and has now been replaced by udev. A system very similar (at least from a the end user's point of view) to devfs but which works entirely in userspace. An overview of udev can be found at http://www.kroah.com/linux/talks/ols_2003_udev_paper/Reprint-Kroah-Hartman-OLS2003.pdf

1.6. /etc

This is the nerve center of your system, it contains all system related configuration files in here or in its sub-directories. A "configuration file" is defined as a local file used to control the operation of a program; it must be static and cannot be an executable binary. For this reason, it's a good idea to backup this directory regularly. It will definitely save you a lot of re-configuration later if you re-install or lose your current installation. Normally, no binaries should be or are located here.


/etc/X11/
This directory tree contains all the configuration files for the X Window System. Users should note that many of the files located in this directory are actually symbolic links to the /usr/X11R6 directory tree. Thus, the presence of these files in these locations can not be certain.
/etc/X11/XF86Config, /etc/X11/XF86Config-4
The 'X' configuration file. Most modern distributions possess hardware autodetection systems that enable automatic creation of a valid file. Should autodetection fail a configuration file can also be created manually provided that you have sufficient knowledge about your system. It would be considered prudent not to attempt to type out a file from beginning to end. Rather, use common configuration utilities such as xf86config, XF86Setup and xf86cfg to create a workable template. Then, using suitable documentation commence optimization through intuition and/or trial and error. Options that can be configured via this file include X modules to be loaded on startup, keyboard, mouse, monitor and graphic chipset type. Often, commercial distributions will include their own X configuration utilities such as XDrake on Mandrake and also Xconfiguration on Redhat. Below is a sample X configuration file from the reference system

### BEGIN DEBCONF SECTION
# XF86Config-4 (XFree86 server configuration file) generated by dexconf, the
# Debian X Configuration tool, using values from the debconf database.
#
# Edit this file with caution, and see the XF86Config-4 manual page.
# (Type "man XF86Config-4" at the shell prompt.)
#
# If you want your changes to this file preserved by dexconf, only 
# make changes
# before the "### BEGIN DEBCONF SECTION" line above, and/or after the
# "### END DEBCONF SECTION" line below.
#
# To change things within the debconf section, run the command:
#   dpkg-reconfigure xserver-xfree86
# as root.  Also see "How do I add custom sections to a dexconf-
# generated
# XF86Config or XF86Config-4 file?" in /usr/share/doc/xfree86-
# common/FAQ.gz.

Section "Files"
        FontPath        "unix/:7100"                        
# local font server
        # if the local font server has problems, 
# we can fall back on these
        FontPath        "/usr/lib/X11/fonts/misc"
        FontPath        "/usr/lib/X11/fonts/cyrillic"
        FontPath        "/usr/lib/X11/fonts/100dpi/:unscaled"
        FontPath        "/usr/lib/X11/fonts/75dpi/:unscaled"
        FontPath        "/usr/lib/X11/fonts/Type1"
        FontPath        "/usr/lib/X11/fonts/Speedo"
        FontPath        "/usr/lib/X11/fonts/100dpi"
        FontPath        "/usr/lib/X11/fonts/75dpi"
EndSection

Section "Module"
        Load        "GLcore"
        Load        "bitmap"
        Load        "dbe"
        Load        "ddc"
        Load        "dri"
        Load        "extmod"
        Load        "freetype"
        Load        "glx"
        Load        "int10"
        Load        "pex5"
        Load        "record"
        Load        "speedo"
        Load        "type1"
        Load        "vbe"
        Load        "xie"
EndSection

Section "InputDevice"
        Identifier        "Generic Keyboard"
        Driver                "keyboard"
        Option                "CoreKeyboard"
        Option                "XkbRules"        "xfree86"
        Option                "XkbModel"        "pc104"
        Option                "XkbLayout"        "us"
EndSection

Section "InputDevice"
        Identifier        "Configured Mouse"
        Driver                "mouse"
        Option                "CorePointer"
        Option                "Device"                "/dev/psaux"
        Option                "Protocol"                "NetMousePS/2"
        Option                "Emulate3Buttons"        "true"
        Option                "ZAxisMapping"                "4 5"
EndSection

Section "InputDevice"
        Identifier        "Generic Mouse"
        Driver                "mouse"
        Option                "SendCoreEvents"        "true"
        Option                "Device"                "/dev/input/mice"
        Option                "Protocol"                "ImPS/2"
        Option                "Emulate3Buttons"        "true"
        Option                "ZAxisMapping"                "4 5"
EndSection

Section "Device"
        Identifier        "Generic Video Card"
        Driver                "nv"
#        Option                "UseFBDev"                "true"
        Option                "UseFBDev"                "false"
EndSection

Section "Monitor"
        Identifier        "Generic Monitor"
        HorizSync        30-38
        VertRefresh        43-95
        Option                "DPMS"
EndSection

Section "Screen"
        Identifier        "Default Screen"
        Device                "Generic Video Card"
        Monitor                "Generic Monitor"
        DefaultDepth        16
        SubSection "Display"
                Depth                1
                Modes                "800x600" "640x480"
        EndSubSection
        SubSection "Display"
                Depth                4
                Modes                "800x600" "640x480"
        EndSubSection
        SubSection "Display"
                Depth                8
                Modes                "800x600" "640x480"
        EndSubSection
        SubSection "Display"
                Depth                15
                Modes                "800x600" "640x480"
        EndSubSection
        SubSection "Display"
                Depth                16
                Modes                "800x600" "640x480"
        EndSubSection
        SubSection "Display"
                Depth                24
                Modes                "800x600" "640x480"
        EndSubSection
EndSection

Section "ServerLayout"
        Identifier        "Default Layout"
        Screen                "Default Screen"
        InputDevice        "Generic Keyboard"
        InputDevice        "Configured Mouse"
        InputDevice        "Generic Mouse"
EndSection

Section "DRI"
        Mode        0666
EndSection

### END DEBCONF SECTION

As you can see, the layout of the file is quite simple and tends to be quite standard across most distributions. At the top are the locations of the various font files for X (note - X will not start if you do not specify a valid font), next is the "Modules" section. It details what modules are to be loaded upon startup. The most well known extensions are probably GLX (required for 3D rendering of graphics and games) and Xinerama which allows users to expand their desktop over several monitors. Next are the various "Device" sections which describe the type of hardware you have. Improper configuration of these subsections can lead to heartache and trauma with seemingly misplaced keys, bewitched mice and also constant flashing as X attempts to restart in a sometimes never ending loop. In most cases when all else fails the vesa driver seems to be able to initialise most modern video cards. In the "Screen" section it is possible to alter the default startup resolution and depth. Quite often it is possible to alter these attributes on the fly by using the alt-ctrl-+ or alt-ctrl- set of keystrokes. Lastly are the "ServerLayout" and "DRI" sections. Users will almost never touch the "DRI" section and only those who wish to utilise the Xinerama extensions of X will require having to change any of the ServerLayout options.
/etc/X11/Xmodmap
In general your default keyboard mapping comes from your X server setup. If this setup is insufficient and you are unwilling to go through the process of reconfiguration and/or you are not the superuser you'll need to use the xmodmap program. This is the utility's global configuration file.
/etc/X11/xkb/
The various symbols, types, geometries of keymaps that the X server supports can be found in this directory tree.
/etc/X11/lbxproxy/
Low Bandwidth X (LBX) proxy server configuration files. Applications that would like to take advantage of the Low Bandwidth extension to X (LBX) must make their connections to an lbxproxy. These applications need know nothing about LBX, they simply connect to the lbxproxy as if it were a regular X server. The lbxproxy accepts client connections, multiplexes them over a single connection to the X server, and performs various optimizations on the X protocol to make it faster over low bandwidth and/or high latency connections. It should be noted that such compression will not increase the pace of rendering all that much. Its primary purpose is to reduce network load and thus increase overall network latency. A competing project called DXPC (Differential X Protocol Compression) has been found to be more efficient at this task. Studies have shown though that in almost all cases ssh tunneling of X will produce far better results than through any of these specialised pieces of software.
/etc/X11/proxymngr/
X proxy services manager initialisation files. proxymngr is responsible for resolving requests from xfindproxy (in the xbase-clients package) and other similar clients, starting new proxies when appropriate, and keeping track of all the available proxy services.
/etc/X11/xdm/
X display manager configuration files. xdm manages a collection of X servers, which may be on the local host or remote machines. It provides services similar to those provided by init, getty, and login on character-based terminals: prompting for login name and password, authenticating the user, and running a session. xdm supports XDMCP (X Display Manager Control Protocol) and can also be used to run a chooser process which presents the user with a menu of possible hosts that offer XDMCP display management. If the xutils package is installed, xdm can use the sessreg utility to register login sessions to the system utmp file; this, however, is not necessary for xdm to function.
/etc/X11/xdm/xdm-config
This is the master 'xdm' configuration file. It determines where all other 'xdm' configuration files will be located. It is almost certain to be left undisturbed.
/etc/X11/gdm/
GNOME Display Manager configuration files. gdm provides the equivalent of a "login:" prompt for X displays- it pops up a login window and starts an X session. It provides all the functionality of xdm, including XDMCP support for managing remote displays. The greeting window is written using the GNOME libraries and hence looks like a GNOME application- even to the extent of supporting themes! By default, the greeter is run as an unprivileged user for security.
/etc/X11/gdm/gdm.conf
This is the primary configuration file for GDM. Through it, users can specify whether they would like their system to automatically login as a certain user, background startup image and also if they would like to run their machine as somewhat of a terminal server by using the XDMCP protocol.
/etc/X11/fonts
Home of xfs fonts.
/etc/X11/fs/
X font server configuration files. xfs is a daemon that listens on a network port and serves X fonts to X servers (and thus to X clients). All X servers have the ability to serve locally installed fonts for themselves, but xfs makes it possible to offload that job from the X server, and/or have a central repository of fonts on a networked machine running xfs so that all the machines running X servers on a network do not require their own set of fonts. xfs may also be invoked by users to, for instance, make available X fonts in user accounts that are not available to the X server or to an already running system xfs.
/etc/X11/fs/config
This is the 'xfs' initialisation file. It specifies the number of clients that are allowed to connect to the 'xfs' server at any one time, the location of log files, default resolution, the location of the fonts, etc.

	
# font server configuration file
# $Xorg: config.cpp,v 1.3 2000/08/17 19:54:19 cpqbld Exp $

# allow a maximum of 10 clients to connect to this font server
client-limit = 10
# when a font server reaches its limit, start up a new one
clone-self = on
# log messages to /var/log/xfs.log (if syslog is not used)
error-file = /var/log/xfs.log
# log errors using syslog
use-syslog = on
# turn off TCP port listening (Unix domain connections are still permitted)
no-listen = tcp
# paths to search for fonts
catalogue = /usr/lib/X11/fonts/misc/,/usr/lib/X11/fonts/cyrillic/,
/usr/lib/X11/fonts/100dpi/:unscaled,/usr/lib/X11/fonts/75dpi/:unscaled,
/usr/lib/X11/fonts/Type1/,/usr/lib/X11/fonts/CID,
/usr/lib/X11/fonts/Speedo/,/usr/lib/X11/fonts/100dpi/,
/usr/lib/X11/fonts/75dpi/
# in decipoints
default-point-size = 120
# x1,y1,x2,y2,...
default-resolutions = 100,100,75,75

# font cache control, specified in kB
cache-hi-mark = 2048
cache-low-mark = 1433
cache-balance = 70
/etc/X11/twm
Home of configuration files for twm. The original Tabbed Window Manager.
/etc/X11/xinit/
xinit configuration files. 'xinit' is a configuration method of starting up an X session that is designed to used as part of a script. Normally, this is used at larger sites as part of a tailored login process.
/etc/X11/xinit/xinitrc
Global xinitrc file, used by all X sessions started by xinit (startx). Its usage is of course overridden by a .xinitrc file located in the home directory of a user.
/etc/adduser.conf
'adduser' configuration. The adduser command can create new users, groups and add existing users to existing groups. Adding users with adduser is much easier than adding them by hand. Adduser will choose appropriate UID and GID values, create a home directory, copy skeletal user configuration from /etc/skel, allow you to set an initial password and the GECOS field. Optionally a custom script can be executed after this commands. See adduser(8) and adduser.conf(5) for full documentation.
/etc/adjtime
Has parameters to help adjust the software (kernel) time so that it matches the RTC.
/etc/aliases
This is the aliases file - it says who gets mail for whom. It was originally generated by `eximconfig', part of the exim package distributed with Debian, but it may edited by the mail system administrator. See exim info section for details of the things that can be configured here. An aliases database file (aliases.db) is built from the entries in the aliases files by the newaliases utility.
/etc/alternatives
It is possible for several programs fulfilling the same or similar functions to be installed on a single system at the same time. For example, many systems have several text editors installed at once. This gives choice to the users of a system, allowing each to use a different editor, if desired, but makes it difficult for a program to make a good choice of editor to invoke if the user has not specified a particular preference.
The alternatives system aims to solve this problem. A generic name in the filesystem is shared by all files providing interchangeable functionality. The alternatives system and the system administrator together determine which actual file is referenced by this generic name. For example, if the text editors ed(1) and nvi(1) are both installed on the system, the alternatives system will cause the generic name /usr/bin/editor to refer to /usr/bin/nvi by default. The system administrator can override this and cause it to refer to /usr/bin/ed instead, and the alternatives system will not alter this setting until explicitly requested to do so.
The generic name is not a direct symbolic link to the selected alternative. Instead, it is a symbolic link to a name in the alternatives directory, which in turn is a symbolic link to the actual file referenced. This is done so that the system administrator's changes can be confined within the /etc directory.
/etc/apt
This is Debian's next generation front-end for the dpkg package manager. It provides the apt-get utility and APT dselect method that provides a simpler, safer way to install and upgrade packages. APT features complete installation ordering, multiple source capability and several other unique features, see the Users Guide in /usr/share/doc/apt/guide.text.gz
/etc/apt/sources.list

deb cdrom:[Debian GNU/Linux 3.0 r0 _Woody_ - Official i386 Binary-7 (20020718)]/
          unstable contrib main non-US/contrib non-US/main
deb cdrom:[Debian GNU/Linux 3.0 r0 _Woody_ - Official i386 Binary-6 (20020718)]/
          unstable contrib main non-US/contrib non-US/main
deb cdrom:[Debian GNU/Linux 3.0 r0 _Woody_ - Official i386 Binary-5 (20020718)]/
          unstable contrib main non-US/contrib non-US/main
deb cdrom:[Debian GNU/Linux 3.0 r0 _Woody_ - Official i386 Binary-4 (20020718)]/
          unstable contrib main non-US/contrib non-US/main
deb cdrom:[Debian GNU/Linux 3.0 r0 _Woody_ - Official i386 Binary-3 (20020718)]/ 
          unstable contrib main non-US/contrib non-US/main
deb cdrom:[Debian GNU/Linux 3.0 r0 _Woody_ - Official i386 Binary-2 (20020718)]/ 
          unstable contrib main non-US/contrib non-US/main
deb cdrom:[Debian GNU/Linux 3.0 r0 _Woody_ - Official i386 Binary-1 (20020718)]/ 
          unstable contrib main non-US/contrib non-US/main

# deb http://security.debian.org/ stable/updates main

Contains a list of apt-sources from which packages may be installed via APT.
/etc/asound.conf
ALSA (Advanced Linux Sound Architecture) configuration file. It is normally created via alsactl or other third-party sound configuration utilities that may be specific to a distribution such as sndconfig from Redhat.
/etc/at.deny
Users denied access to the at daemon. The 'at' command allows user to execute programs at an arbitrary time.
/etc/autoconf
Configuration files for autoconf. 'autoconf' creates scripts to configure source code packages using templates. To create configure from configure.in, run the autoconf program with no arguments. autoconf processes configure.ac with the m4 macro processor, using the Autoconf macros. If you give autoconf an argument, it reads that file instead of configure.ac and writes the configuration script to the standard output instead of to configure. If you give autoconf the argument -, it reads the standard input instead of configure.ac and writes the configuration script on the standard output.
The Autoconf macros are defined in several files. Some of the files are distributed with Autoconf; autoconf reads them first. Then it looks for the optional file acsite.m4 in the directory that contains the distributed Autoconf macro files, and for the optional file aclocal.m4 in the current directory. Those files can contain your site's or the package's own Autoconf macro definitions. If a macro is defined in more than one of the files that autoconf reads, the last definition it reads overrides the earlier ones.
/etc/bash.bashrc
System wide functions and aliases' file for interactive bash shells.
/etc/bash_completion
Programmable completion functions for bash 2.05a.
/etc/chatscripts/provider
This is the chat script used to dial out to your default service provider.
/etc/cron.d, /etc/cron.daily, /etc/cron.weekly, /etc/cron.monthly
These directories contain scripts to be executed on a regular basis by the cron daemon.
/etc/crontab
'cron' configuration file. This file is for the cron table to setup the automatic running of system routines. A cron table can also be established for individual users. The location of these user cron table files will be explained later on.

# /etc/crontab: system-wide crontab
# Unlike any other crontab you don't have to run the `crontab'
# command to install the new version when you edit this file.
# This file also has a username field, that none of the other crontabs do.

SHELL=/bin/sh
PATH=/usr/local/sbin:/usr/local/bin:/sbin:/bin:/usr/sbin:/usr/bin

# m h dom mon dow user command
25 6 * * * root test -e /usr/sbin/anacron || run-parts --report /etc/cron.daily
47 6 * * 7 root test -e /usr/sbin/anacron || run-parts --report /etc/cron.weekly
52 6 1 * * root test -e /usr/sbin/anacron || run-parts --report /etc/cron.monthly
#
/etc/csh.login
System-wide .login file for csh(1). This file is sourced on all invocations of the shell. It contains commands that are to be executed upon login and sometimes aliases also.
/etc/csh.logout
System-wide .logout file for csh(1). This file is sourced on all invocations of the shell. It contains commands that are to be executed upon logout.
/etc/csh.cshrc
System-wide .cshrc file for csh(1). This file is sourced on all invocations of the shell. This file should contain commands to set the command search path, plus other important environment variables. This file should not contain commands that produce output or assume the shell is attached to a tty.
/etc/cups
Configuration files for the Common UNIX Printing System (CUPS). Files here are used to define client-specific parameters, such as the default server or default encryption settings.
/etc/deluser.conf
'deluser' configuration files. The deluser command can remove users and groups and remove users from a given group. Deluser can optionally remove and backup the user's home directory and mail spool or all files on the system owned by him. Optionally a custom script can also be executed after each of the commands.
/etc/devfs
This daemon sets up the /dev filesystem for use. It creates required symbolic links in /dev and also creates (if so configured, as is the default) symbolic links to the "old" names for devices.
/etc/devfs/conf.d/
'devfsd' configuration files. This daemon sets up the /dev filesystem for use. It creates required symbolic links in /dev and also creates (if so configured, as is the default) symbolic links to the "old" names for devices.
/etc/dhclient.conf, /etc/dhclient-script
'dhclient' configuration file and 'dhclient' script files respectively. It configures your system so that it may act as a client on a DHCP based network. It is essential to connect to the Internet nowadays.
/etc/dict.conf

#  /etc/dict.conf Written by Bob Hilliard <hilliard@debian.org>
#  1998/03/20.  Last revised Sun, 22 Nov 1998 18:10:04 -0500 This is
#  the configuration file for /usr/bin/dict.  In most cases only the
#  server keyword need be specified.  

#  This default configuration will try to access a dictd server on
#  the local host, failing that, it will try the public server.  In
#  many cases this will be slow, so you should comment out the line 
#  for the server that you don't want to use. To use any other 
#  server, enter its IP address in place of "dict.org".  

#  Refer to the dict manpage (man dict) for other options that could
#  be inserted in here.

server localhost 
server dict.org

dict is a client for the Dictionary Server Protocol (DICT), a TCP transaction based query/response protocol that provides access to dictionary definitions from a set of natural language dictionary databases.
/etc/dosemu.conf
Configuration file for the Linux DOS Emulator. DOSEMU is a PC Emulator application that allows Linux to run a DOS operating system in a virtual x86 machine. This allows you to run many DOS applications. It includes the FreeDOS kernel, color text and full keyboard emulation (via hotkeys) via terminal, built-in X support, IBM character set font, graphics capability at the console with most compatible video cards, DPMI support so you can run DOOM, CDROM support, builtin IPX and pktdrvr support. Note - 'dosemu' is simply a ported version of Corel's own PC-DOS.
/etc/email-addresses
Part of the exim package. This file contains email addresses to use for outgoing mail. Any local part not in here will be qualified by the system domain as normal. It should contain lines of the form:


  user: someone@isp.com
  otheruser: someoneelse@anotherisp.com
  
Exim is an MTA that is considered to be rather easier to configure than smail or sendmail. It is a drop-in replacement for sendmail, mailq and rsmtp. Advanced features include the ability to reject connections from known spam sites, and an extremely efficient queue processing algorithm.
/etc/esound.conf
ESD configuration files. The Enlightened sound daemon is designed to mix together several digitized audio streams for playback by a single device. Like nasd, artsd and rplay it also has the capability to play sounds remotely.
/etc/exports
The control list of systems who want to access the system via NFS, a the list of directories that you would like to share and the permissions allocated on each share.

  # /etc/exports: the access control list for filesystems which may be
  # exported to NFS clients.  See exports(5).
  ## LTS-begin ##

  #
  # The lines between the 'LTS-begin' and the 'LTS-end' were added
  # on: Sun Feb 23 05:54:17 EST 2003 by the ltsp installation script.
  # For more information, visit the ltsp homepage
  # at http://www.ltsp.org
  #

  /opt/ltsp/i386                  192.168.0.0/255.255.255.0(ro,no_root_squash)
  /var/opt/ltsp/swapfiles         192.168.0.0/255.255.255.0(rw,no_root_squash)

  #
  # The following entries need to be uncommented if you want
  # Local App support in ltsp
  #
  #/home                  192.168.0.0/255.255.255.0(rw,no_root_squash)

  ## LTS-end ##
/etc/fdprm
Floppy disk parameter table. Describes what different floppy disk formats look like. Used by setfdprm.
/etc/fstab
The configuration file for 'mount' and now 'supermount'. It lists the filesystems mounted automatically at startup by the mount -a command (in /etc/rc or equivalent startup file). Under Linux, also contains information about swap areas used automatically by swapon -a.


  # /etc/fstab: static file system information.
  #
  # The following is an example. Please see fstab(5) for further details.
  # Please refer to mount(1) for a complete description of mount options.
  #
  # Format:
  # <file system> <mount point> <type> <options> <dump> <pass>
  #
  # dump(8) uses the <dump> field to determine which file systems need
  # to be dumped. fsck(8) uses the <pass> column to determine which file
  # systems need to be checked--the root file system should have a 1 in 
  # this field, other file systems a 2, and any file systems that should
  # not be checked (such as MS-DOS or NFS file systems) a 0.
  #
  # The `sw' option indicates that the swap partition is to be activated
  # with `swapon -a'.
  /dev/hda2 none swap sw 0 0
  # The `bsdgroups' option indicates that the file system is to be mounted
  # with BSD semantics (files inherit the group ownership of the directory
  # in which they live). `ro' can be used to mount a file system read-only.
  /dev/hda3 / ext2 defaults 0 1 
  /dev/hda5 /home ext2 defaults 0 2
  /dev/hda6 /var ext2 defaults 0 2
  /dev/hda7 /usr ext2 defaults,ro 0 2
  /dev/hda8 /usr/local ext2 defaults,bsdgroups 0 2
  # The `noauto' option indicates that the file system should not be mounted
  # with `mount -a'. `user' indicates that normal users are allowed to mount
  # the file system.
  /dev/cdrom /cdrom iso9660 defaults,noauto,ro,user 0 0
  /dev/fd0 /floppy minix defaults,noauto,user 0 0
  /dev/fd1 /floppy minix defaults,noauto,user 0 0
  # NFS file systems: server:
  /export/usr /usr nfs defaults 0 0
  # proc file system:
  proc /proc proc defaults 0 0
  
/etc/ftpaccess
Determines who might get ftp-access to your machine.
/etc/ftpchroot
List of ftp users that need to be chrooted.
/etc/ftpuser
List of disallowed ftp users.
/etc/gateways
Lists gateways for 'routed'.
/etc/gettydefs
Configures console-logins.
/etc/gnome-vfs-mime-magic
MIME magic patterns as used by the Gnome VFS library.
/etc/group
Similar to /etc/passwd. It lists the configured user groups and who belongs to them.
/etc/group-
Old /etc/group file.
/etc/gshadow
Contains encrypted forms of group passwords.
/etc/gshadow-
Old /etc/gshadow file.
/etc/hostname
Contains the hostname of your machine (can be fully qualified or not).
/etc/host.conf
Determines the search order for look-ups (usually hosts bind, i.e. "check /etc/hosts first and then look for a DNS").
/etc/hosts
This file is used to define a system name and domain combination with a specific IP address. This file needs to always contain an entry for an IP address, if the machine is connected to the network.

  ### etherconf DEBCONF AREA. DO NOT EDIT THIS AREA OR INSERT TEXT BEFORE IT.
  127.0.0.1 localhost ::1 localhost
  ip6-localhost ip6-loopback
  fe00::0 ip6-localnet
  ff00::0 ip6-mcastprefix
  ff02::1 ip6-allnodes
  ff02::2 ip6-allrouters
  ff02::3 ip6-allhosts
  192.168.0.99 debian.localdomain.com debian
  ### END OF DEBCONF AREA. PLACE YOUR EDITS BELOW; THEY WILL BE PRESERVED.
  192.168.0.1 ws001
  
/etc/hosts.allow
Part of the tcp-wrappers system to control access to your machine's services. It lists hosts that are allowed to access the system and specific daemons.

  # /etc/hosts.allow: list of hosts that are allowed to access the
  # system.
  # See the manual pages hosts_access(5), hosts_options(5)
  # and /usr/doc/netbase/portmapper.txt.gz
  #
  # Example: ALL: LOCAL @some_netgroup
  # ALL: .foobar.edu EXCEPT terminalserver.foobar.edu
  #
  # If you're going to protect the portmapper use the name "portmap"
  # for the daemon name. Remember that you can only use the keyword
  # "ALL" and IP addresses (NOT host or domain names) for the
  # portmapper. See portmap(8) and /usr/doc/portmap/portmapper.txt.gz
  # for further information.
  bootpd: 0.0.0.0 in.tftpd: 192.168.0.
  portmap: 192.168.0.
  rpc.mountd: 192.168.0.
  rpc.nfsd: 192.168.0.
  gdm: 192.168.0.
  nasd: 192.168.0.
  
/etc/hosts.deny
part of the tcp-wrappers system to control access to your machine's services. It lists hosts that are not allowed to access the system.

  # Example: ALL: some.host.name, .some.domain
  # ALL EXCEPT in.fingerd: other.host.name, .other.domain
  #
  # If you're going to protect the portmapper use the name "portmap"
  # for the daemon name. Remember that you can only use the keyword
  # "ALL" and IP addresses (NOT host or domain names) for the
  # portmapper. See portmap(8) and /usr/doc/portmap/portmapper.txt.gz
  # for further information.
  #
  # The PARANOID wildcard matches any host whose name does not match
  # its address. You may wish to enable this to ensure any programs
  # that don't validate looked up hostnames still leave understandable
  # logs. In past versions of Debian this has been the default.
  # ALL: PARANOID
  
/etc/httpd
Apache configuration files. Apache is a versatile, high-performance HTTP server. The most popular server in the world, Apache features a modular design and supports dynamic selection of extension modules at runtime. Its strong points are its range of possible customization, dynamic adjustment of the number of server processes, and a whole range of available modules including many authentication mechanisms, server-parsed HTML, server-side includes, access control, CERN httpd metafiles emulation, proxy caching, etc. Apache also supports multiple virtual homing.
/etc/identd.conf
TCP/IP IDENT protocol server. It implements the TCP/IP proposed standard IDENT user identification protocol (RFC 1413). identd operates by looking up specific TCP/IP connections and returning the username of the process owning the connection. It can also return other information besides the username.

  # /etc/identd.conf - an example configuration file


  #-- The syslog facility for error messages
  # syslog:facility = daemon


  #-- User and group (from passwd database) to run as
  server:user = nobody

  #-- Override the group id
  # server:group = kmem

  #-- What port to listen on when started as a daemon or from /etc/inittab
  # server:port = 113

  #-- The socket backlog limit
  # server:backlog = 256

  #-- Where to write the file containing our process id
  # server:pid-file = "/var/run/identd/identd.pid"

  #-- Maximum number of concurrent requests allowed (0 = unlimited)
  # server:max-requests = 0

  #-- Enable some protocol extensions like "VERSION" or "QUIT"
  protocol:extensions = enabled

  #-- Allow multiple queries per connection
  protocol:multiquery = enabled

  #-- Timeout in seconds since connection or last query. Zero = disable
  # protocol:timeout = 120

  #-- Maximum number of threads doing kernel lookups
  # kernel:threads = 8

  #-- Maximum number of queued kernel lookup requests
  # kernel:buffers = 32

  #-- Maximum number of time to retry a kernel lookup in case of failure
  # kernel:attempts = 5



  #-- Disable username lookups (only return uid numbers)
  # result:uid-only = no

  #-- Enable the ".noident" file
  # result:noident = enabled

  #-- Charset token to return in replies
  # result:charset = "US-ASCII"

  #-- Opsys token to return in replies
  # result:opsys = "UNIX"

  #-- Log all request replies to syslog (none == don't)
  # result:syslog-level = none


  #-- Enable encryption (only available if linked with a DES library)
  # result:encrypt = no

  #-- Path to the DES key file (only available if linked with a DES library)
  # encrypt:key-file = "/usr/local/etc/identd.key"


  #-- Include a machine local configuration file
  # include = /etc/identd.conf
  
/etc/inetd.conf
Configuration of services that are started by the INETD TCP/IP super server. 'inetd' is now deprecated. 'xinetd' has taken its place. See /etc/xinet.conf for further details.

  # /etc/inetd.conf:  see inetd(8) for further information.
  #
  # Internet server configuration database
  #
  #
  # Lines starting with "#:LABEL:" or "#<off>#" should not
  # be changed unless you know what you are doing!
  #
  # If you want to disable an entry so it isn't touched during
  # package updates just comment it out with a single '#' character.
  #
  # Packages should modify this file by using update-inetd(8)
  #
  # <service_name> <sock_type> <proto> 
  # <flags> <user> <server_path>
  # <args>
  #
  #:INTERNAL: Internal services
  #echo	stream	tcp nowait root	internal
  #echo	dgram	udp wait root internal
  #chargen stream tcp	nowait root internal
  #chargen dgram udp	wait root internal
  discard stream tcp nowait root internal
  discard dgram	udp wait root internal
  daytime stream tcp nowait root internal
  #daytime dgram udp wait root internal
  time stream tcp nowait root internal
  #time dgram udp wait root internal

  #:STANDARD: These are standard services.
  ftp stream tcp nowait	root /usr/sbin/tcpd /usr/sbin/in.ftpd	
  telnet stream	tcp nowait telnetd.telnetd /usr/sbin/tcpd 
                                           /usr/sbin/in.telnetd

  #:MAIL: Mail, news and uucp services.
  smtp stream tcp nowait mail /usr/sbin/exim exim -bs
  imap2  stream  tcp nowait root /usr/sbin/tcpd /usr/sbin/imapd
  imap3  stream  tcp nowait root /usr/sbin/tcpd /usr/sbin/imapd

  #:INFO: Info services
  ident	stream tcp wait	identd /usr/sbin/identd	identd
  finger stream	tcp nowait nobody /usr/sbin/tcpd 
                                  /usr/sbin/in.fingerd

  #:BOOT: Tftp service is provided primarily for booting.  
  #Most sites run this only on machines acting as "boot servers."
  tftp dgram udp wait nobody /usr/sbin/tcpd 
                             /usr/sbin/in.tftpd -s /tftpboot
  
/etc/init.d

Order of scripts run in /etc/rc?.d
==================================

0. Overview.

   All scripts executed by the init system are located in /etc/init.d.
   The directories /etc/rc?.d (? = S, 0 .. 6) contain relative links to
   those scripts. These links are named S<2-digit-number><
   original-name> or K<2-digit-number><original-name>.

   If a scripts has the ".sh" suffix it is a bourne shell script and
   MAY be handled in an optimized manner. The behaviour of executing the
   script in an optimized way will not differ in any way from it being
   forked and executed in the regular way.

   The following runlevels are defined:

   N       System bootup (NONE).
   S       Single user mode (not to be switched to directly)
   0       halt
   1       single user mode
   2 .. 5  multi user mode
   6       reboot

1. Boot.

   When the systems boots, the /etc/init.d/rcS script is executed. It
   in turn executes all the S* scripts in /etc/rcS.d in alphabetical
   (and thus numerical) order. The first argument passed to the
   executed scripts is "start". The runlevel at this point is
   "N" (none).

   Only things that need to be run once to get the system in a consistent
   state are to be run. The rcS.d directory is NOT meant to replace rc.local.
   One should not start daemons in this runlevel unless absolutely
   necessary. Eg, NFS might need the portmapper, so it is OK to start it
   early in the boot process. But this is not the time to start the
   squid proxy server.

2. Going multiuser.

   After the rcS.d scripts have been executed, init switches to the
   default runlevel as specified in /etc/inittab, usually "2".

   Init then executes the /etc/init.d/rc script which takes care of
   starting the services in /etc/rc2.d.

   Because the previous runlevel is "N" (none) the /etc/rc2.d/KXXxxxx
   scripts will NOT be executed - there is nothing to stop yet,
   the system is busy coming up.

   If for example there is a service that wants to run in runlevel 4
   and ONLY in that level, it will place a KXXxxxx script in
   /etc/rc{2,3,5}.d to stop the service when switching out of runlevel 4.
   We do not need to run that script at this point.
   
   The /etc.rc2.d/SXXxxxx scripts will be executed in alphabetical
   order, with the first argument set to "start".

3. Switching runlevels.

   When one switches from (for example) runlevel 2 to runlevel 3,
   /etc/init.d/rc will first execute in alphabetical order all K
   scripts for runlevel 3 (/etc/rc3.d/KXXxxxx) with as first argument
   "stop" and then all S scripts for runlevel 3 (/etc/rc3.d/SXXxxxx)
   with as first argument "start".

   As an optimization, a check is made for each "service" to see if
   it was already running in the previous runlevel. If it was, and there
   is no K (stop) script present for it in the new runlevel, there is
   no need to start it a second time so that will not be done.

   On the other hand, if there was a K script present, it is assumed the
   service was stopped on purpose first and so needs to be restarted.

   We MIGHT make the same optimization for stop scripts as well-
   if no S script was present in the previous runlevel, we can assume
   that service was not running and we don't need to stop it either.
   In that case we can remove the "coming from level N" special case
   mentioned above in 2). But right now that has not been implemented.

4. Single user mode.

   Switching to single user mode is done by switching to runlevel 1.
   That will cause all services to be stopped (assuming they all have
   a K script in /etc/rc1.d). The runlevel 1 scripts will then switch
   to runlevel "S" which has no scripts - all it does is spawn
   a shell directly on /dev/console for maintenance.

5. Halt/reboot

   Going to runlevel 0 or 6 will cause the system to be halted or rebooted,
   respectively. For example, if we go to runlevel 6 (reboot) first
   all /etc/rc6.d/KXXxxxx scripts will be executed alphabetically with
   "stop" as the first argument.

   Then the /etc/rc6.d/SXXxxxx scripts will be executed alphabetically
   with "stop" as the first argument as well. The reason is that there
   is nothing to start any more at this point - all scripts that are
   run are meant to bring the system down.

   In the future, the /etc/rc6.d/SXXxxxx scripts MIGHT be moved to
   /etc/rc6.d/K1XXxxxx for clarity.
/etc/inittab
Boot-time system configuration/initialization script. Tells init how to handle runlevels. It sets the default runlevel. This is run first except when booting in emergency (-b) mode. It also enables a user to startup a getty session on an external device such as the serial ports. To add terminals or dial-in modem lines to a system, just add more lines to /etc/inittab, one for each terminal or dial-in line. For more details, see the manual pages init, inittab, and getty. If a command fails when it starts, and init is configured to restart it, it will use a lot of system resources: init starts it, it fails, init starts it, it fails, and so on. To prevent this, init will keep track of how often it restarts a command, and if the frequency grows to high, it will delay for five minutes before restarting again. /etc/inittab also has some special features that allow init to react to special circumstances. powerwait Allows init to shut the system down, when the power fails. This assumes the use of a UPS, and software that watches the UPS and informs init that the power is off. ctrlaltdel Allows init to reboot the system, when the user presses ctrl-alt-del on the console keyboard. Note that the system administrator can configure the reaction to ctrl-alt-del to be something else instead, e.g., to be ignored, if the system is in a public location. sysinit Command to be run when the system is booted. This command usually cleans up /tmp, for example. The list above is not exhaustive. See your inittab manual page for all possibilities, and for details on how to use the ones above. To set (or reset) initial terminal colours. The following shell script should work for VGA consoles: for n in 1 2 4 5 6 7 8; do setterm -fore yellow -bold on -back blue -store > /dev/tty$n done Substitute your favorite colors, and use /dev/ttyS$n for serial terminals. To make sure they are reset when people log out (if they've been changed) replace the references to getty (or mingetty or uugetty or whatever) in /etc/inittab with references to /sbin/mygetty. #!/bin/sh setterm -fore yellow -bold on -back blue -store > $1 exec /sbin/mingetty $@ An example /etc/inittab is provided below.

  # /etc/inittab: init(8) configuration.
  # $Id: etc.xml,v 1.10 2004/02/03 21:42:57 binh Exp $
  # The default runlevel. id:2:initdefault:
  # Boot-time system configuration/initialization script.
  # This is run first except when booting in emergency (-b) mode.
  si::sysinit:/etc/init.d/rcS
  # What to do in single-user mode.
  ~~:S:wait:/sbin/sulogin
  # /etc/init.d executes the S and K scripts upon change
  # of runlevel.
  #
  # Runlevel 0 is halt.
  # Runlevel 1 is single-user.
  # Runlevels 2-5 are multi-user.
  # Runlevel 6 is reboot.
  l0:0:wait:/etc/init.d/rc 0 l1:1:wait:/etc/init.d/rc 1
  l2:2:wait:/etc/init.d/rc 2 l3:3:wait:/etc/init.d/rc 3
  l4:4:wait:/etc/init.d/rc 4 l5:5:wait:/etc/init.d/rc 5
  l6:6:wait:/etc/init.d/rc 6
  # Normally not reached, but fallthrough in case of emergency.
  z6:6:respawn:/sbin/sulogin
  # What to do when CTRL-ALT-DEL is pressed.
  ca:12345:ctrlaltdel:/sbin/shutdown -t1 -a -r now
  # Action on special keypress (ALT-UpArrow).
  #kb::kbrequest:/bin/echo "Keyboard Request
  #--edit /etc/inittab to let this work."
  # What to do when the power fails/returns.
  pf::powerwait:/etc/init.d/powerfail start
  pn::powerfailnow:/etc/init.d/powerfail now
  po::powerokwait:/etc/init.d/powerfail stop
  # /sbin/getty invocations for the runlevels.
  #
  # The "id" field MUST be the same as the last
  # characters of the device (after "tty").
  #
  # Format:
  # <id>:<runlevels>:<action>:<process>
  #
  # Note that on most Debian systems tty7 is used by the X Window System,
  # so if you want to add more getty's go ahead but skip tty7 if you run X.
  #
  1:2345:respawn:/sbin/getty 38400 tty1 2:23:respawn:/sbin/getty 38400 tty2
  3:23:respawn:/sbin/getty 38400 tty3 4:23:respawn:/sbin/getty 38400 tty4
  5:23:respawn:/sbin/getty 38400 tty5 6:23:respawn:/sbin/getty 38400 tty6
  # Example how to put a getty on a serial line (for a terminal)
  #
  #T0:23:respawn:/sbin/getty -L ttyS0 9600 vt100 
  #T1:23:respawn:/sbin/getty -L ttyS1 9600 vt100
  # Example how to put a getty on a modem line.
  #
  #T3:23:respawn:/sbin/mgetty -x0 -s 57600 ttyS3

  Undocumented features
  
  The letters A-C can be used to spawn a daemon listed in /etc/inittab. For
  example, assuming you want to start getty on a port to receive a call, but
  only after receiving a voice call first (and not all the time). Furthermore,
  you want to be able to receive a data or a fax call and that when you get
  the voice message you'll know which you want. You insert two new lines
  in /etc/inittab, each with its own ID, and each with a runlevel such as A
  for data and B for fax. When you know which you need, you simply spawn the
  appropriate daemon by calling 'telinit A' or 'telinit B'.
  The appropriate getty is put on the line until the first call is received.
  When the caller terminates the connection, the getty drops because, by
  definition, on demand will not respawn. The other two letters, S and Q, are
  special. S brings you system to maintenance mode and is the same as changing
  state to runlevel 1. The Q is used to tell init to reread inittab. The
  /etc/inittab file can be changed as often as required, but will only be read
  under certain circumstances: -One of its processes dies (do you need to
  respawn another?) -On a powerful signal from a power daemon (or a command
  line) -When told to change state by telinit The Q argument tells init to
  reread the /etc/inittab file. Even though it is called the System V runlevel
  system runlevels 7-9 are legitimate runlevels that can be used if necessary.
  The administrator must remember to alter the inittab file though and also to
  create the required rc?.d files.
/etc/inputrc
Global inputrc for libreadline. Readline is a function that gets a line from a user and automatically edits it.
/etc/isapnp.conf
Configuration file for ISA based cards. This standard is virtually redundant in new systems. The 'isapnptools' suite of ISA Plug-And-Play configuration utilities is used to configure such devices. These programs are suitable for all systems, whether or not they include a PnP BIOS. In fact, PnP BIOS adds some complications because it may already activate some cards so that the drivers can find them, and these tools can unconfigure them, or change their settings causing all sorts of nasty effects.
/etc/isdn
ISDN configuration files.
/etc/issue
Output by getty before the login prompt. Usually contains a short description or welcoming message to the system. The contents are up to the system administrator. Debian GNU/\s 3.0 \n \l
/etc/issue.net
Presents the welcome screen to users who login remotely to your machine (whereas /etc/issue determines what a local user sees on login). Debian GNU/%s 3.0 %h
/etc/kde
KDE initialization scripts and KDM configuration.
/etc/kde/kdm
Location for the K Desktop Manager files. kdm manages a collection of X servers, which may be on the local host or remote machines. It provides services similar to those provided by init, getty, and login on character-based terminals: prompting for login name and password, authenticating the user, and running a session. kdm supports XDMCP (X Display Manager Control Protocol) and can also be used to run a chooser process which presents the user with a menu of possible hosts that offer XDMCP display management.
/etc/kderc
System wide KDE initialization script. Commands here executed every time the KDE environment is loaded. It's a link to /etc/kde2/system.kdeglobals


  [Directories]
  dir_config=/etc/kde2
  dir_html=/usr/share/doc/kde/HTML
  dir_cgi=/usr/lib/cgi-bin
  dir_apps=/usr/share/applnk
  dir_mime=/usr/share/mimelnk
  dir_services=/usr/share/services
  dir_servicetypes=/usr/share/servicetypes
  [General]
  TerminalApplication=x-terminal-emulator
  
/etc/ld.so.conf, /etc/ld.so.cache


/etc/ld.so.conf is a file containing a list of colon, space, tab, newline, or comma separated directories in which to search for libraries. /etc/ld.so.cache containing an ordered list of libraries found in the directories specified in /etc/ld.so.conf. This file is not in human readable format, and is not intended to be edited.
'ldconfig' creates the necessary links and cache (for use by the run-time linker, ld.so) to the most recent shared libraries found in the directories specified on the command line, in the file /etc/ld.so.conf, and in the trusted directories (/usr/lib and /lib). 'ldconfig' checks the header and file names of the libraries it encounters when determining which versions should have their links updated. ldconfig ignores symbolic links when scanning for libraries.
'ldconfig' will attempt to deduce the type of ELF libs (ie. libc5 or libc6/glibc) based on what C libs if any the library was linked against, therefore when making dynamic libraries, it is wise to explicitly link against libc (use -lc).
Some existing libs do not contain enough information to allow the deduction of their type, therefore the /etc/ld.so.conf file format allows the specification of an expected type. This is only used for those ELF libs which we can not work out. The format is like this "dirname=TYPE", where type can be libc4, libc5 or libc6. (This syntax also works on the command line). Spaces are not allowed. Also see the -p option.
Directory names containing an = are no longer legal unless they also have an expected type specifier.
'ldconfig' should normally be run by the super-user as it may require write permission on some root owned directories and files. It is normally run automatically at bootup or manually whenever new shared libraries are installed.
/usr/X11R6/lib
X libraries.
/usr/local/lib
Local libraries.
/etc/lilo.conf
Configuration file for the Linux boot loader 'lilo'. 'lilo' is the original OS loader and can load Linux and others. The 'lilo' package normally contains lilo (the installer) and boot-record-images to install Linux, OS/2, DOS and generic Boot Sectors of other Oses. You can use Lilo to manage your Master Boot Record (with a simple text screen, text menu or colorful splash graphics) or call 'lilo' from other boot-loaders to jump-start the Linux kernel.


  Prompt #Prompt user to select
  OS choice at boot timeout=300  # Amount of time to wait before default OS
                                 # started (in ms)
  default=Debian4 #Default OS to be loaded
  vga=normal #VGA mode
  boot=/dev/had #location of MBR
  map=/boot/map #location of kernel
  install=/boot/boot-bmp.b #File to be installed as boot sector
  bitmap=/boot/debian.bmp #LILO boot image 
  bmp-table=30p,100p,1,10 #Colours
  selectable bmp-colors=13,,0,1,,0 #Colours chosen
  lba32 #Required on most new systems to overcome
        #1024 cylinder problem
  image=/vmlinuz #name of kernel
  image label=Debian #a label
  read-only #file system to be mounted read only
  root=/dev/hda6 #location of root filesystem
  
  image=/boot/bzImage
  label=Debian4
  read-only
  root=/dev/hda6

  image=/mnt/redhat/boot/vmlinuz
  label=Redhat
  initrd=/mnt/redhat/boot/initrd-2.4.18-14.img
  read-only
  root=/dev/hda5
  vga=788
  append=" hdc=ide-scsi hdd=ide-scsi"
  
  image=/mnt/mandrake/boot/vmlinuz
  label="Mandrake"
  root=/dev/hda7
  initrd=/mnt/mandrake/boot/initrd.img
  append="devfs=mount hdc=ide-scsi
  acpi=off quiet"
  vga=788
  read-only

  other=/dev/hda2
  table=/dev/hda
  loader=/boot/chain.b
  label=FBSD
  other=/dev/hda1
  label=Windows
  table=/dev/hda
  
  other=/dev/fd0
  label=floppy unsafe
  
/etc/local.gen
This file lists locales that you wish to have built. You can find a list of valid supported locales at /usr/share/i18n/SUPPORTED. Other combinations are possible, but may not be well tested. If you change this file, you need to re-run locale-gen.
/etc/locale.alias
Locale name alias data base.
/etc/login.defs
Configuration control definitions for the login package. An inordinate number of attributes can be altered via this single file such as the location of mail, delay in seconds after a failed login, enabling display of fail log information, display of unknown username login failures, shell environment variables, etc....
/etc/logrotate.conf
The logrotate utility is designed to simplify the administration of log files on a system which generates a lot of log files. Logrotate allows for the automatic rotation compression, removal and mailing of log files. Logrotate can be set to handle a log file daily, weekly, monthly or when the log file gets to a certain size. Normally, logrotate runs as a daily cron job.

  # see "man logrotate" for details
  # rotate log files weekly
  weekly

  # keep 4 weeks worth of backlogs
  rotate 4

  # create new (empty) log files after rotating old ones
  create

  # uncomment this if you want your log files compressed
  #compress

  # packages drop log rotation information into this directory
  include /etc/logrotate.d

  # no packages own wtmp, or btmp -- we'll rotate them here
  /var/log/wtmp {
      monthly
      create 0664 root utmp
      rotate 1
  }

  /var/log/btmp {
      missingok
      monthly
      create 0664 root utmp
      rotate 1
  }

  # system-specific logs may be configured here
/etc/ltrace.conf
Configuration file for ltrace (Library Call Tracer). It tracks runtime library calls in dynamically linked programs. 'ltrace' is a debugging program which runs a specified command until it exits. While the command is executing, ltrace intercepts and records the dynamic library calls which are called by the executed process and the signals received by that process. It can also intercept and print the system calls executed by the program. The program to be traced need not be recompiled for this, so you can use it on binaries for which you don't have the source handy. You should install ltrace if you need a sysadmin tool for tracking the execution of processes.
/etc/magic
Magic local data and configuration file for the file(1) command. Contains the descriptions of various file formats based on which file guesses the type of the file. Insert here your local magic data. Format is described in magic(5).
/etc/mail.rc
Initialization file for 'mail'. 'mail' is an intelligent mail processing system which has a command syntax reminiscent of ed with lines replaced by messages. It's basically a command line version of Microsoft Outlook.
/etc/mailcap
'metamail' capabilities file. The mailcap file is read by the metamail program to determine how to display non-text at the local site. The syntax of a mailcap file is quite simple, at least compared to termcap files. Any line that starts with "#" is a comment. Blank lines are ignored. Otherwise, each line defines a single mailcap entry for a single content type. Long lines may be continued by ending them with a backslash character, \. Each individual mailcap entry consists of a content-type specification, a command to execute, and (possibly) a set of optional "flag" values.
/etc/mailcap.order
The mailcap ordering specifications. The order of entries in the /etc/mailcap file can be altered by editing the /etc/mailcap.order file. Each line of that file specifies a package and an optional mime type. Mailcap entries that match will be placed in the order of this file. Entries that don't match will be placed later.
/etc/mailname
Mail server hostname. Normally the same as the hostname.
/etc/menu, /etc/menu-methods
The menu package was inspired by the install-fvwm2-menu program from the old fvwm2 package. However, menu tries to provide a more general interface for menu building. With the update-menus command from this package, no package needs to be modified for every X window manager again, and it provides a unified interface for both text-and X-oriented programs.
When a package that wants to add something to the menu tree gets installed, it will run update-menus in its postinstall script. Update-menus then reads in all menu files in /etc/menu/ /usr/lib/menu and /usr/lib/menu/default, and stores the menu entries of all installed packages in memory. Once that has been done, it will run the menu-methods in /etc/menu-methods/*, and pipe the information about the menu entries to the menu-methods on stdout, so that the menu-methods can read this. Each Window Manager or other program that wants to have the debian menu tree, will supply a menu-method script in /etc/menu-methods/. This menu-method then knows how to generate the startup-file for that window manager. To facilitate this task for the window-manager maintainers, menu provides a install-menu program. This program can generate the startup files for just about every window manager.
/etc/mgetty+sendfax
Configuration files for use of mgetty as the interface on the serial port. The mgetty routine special routine has special features for handling things such as dial up connections and fax connections.
/etc/mime.types
MIME-TYPES and the extensions that represent them. This file is part of the "mime-support" package. Note: Compression schemes like "gzip", "bzip", and "compress" are not actually "mime-types". They are "encodings" and hence must _not_ have entries in this file to map their extensions. The "mime-type" of an encoded file refers to the type of data that has been encoded, not the type of the encoding.
/etc/minicom
'minicom' configuration files. 'minicom' is a communication program which somewhat resembles the shareware program TELIX but is free with source code and runs under most unices. Features include dialling directory with auto-redial, support for UUCP-style lock files on serial devices, a separate script language interpreter, capture to file, multiple users with individual configurations, and more.
/etc/modules
List of modules to be loaded at startup.

  # /etc/modules: kernel modules to load at boot time.
  #
  # This file should contain the names of kernel modules that are
  # to be loaded at boot time, one per line. Comments begin with
  # a "#", and everything on the line after them are ignored.
  unix
  af_packet
  via-rhine
  cmpci
  ne2k-pci
  nvidia
  
/etc/modules.conf

  ### This file is automatically generated by update-modules"
  #
  # Please do not edit this file directly. If you want to change or add
  # anything please take a look at the files in /etc/modutils and read
  # the manpage for update-modules.
  #
  ### update-modules: start processing /etc/modutils/0keep
  # DO NOT MODIFY THIS FILE!
  # This file is not marked as conffile to make sure if you upgrade modutils
  # it will be restored in case some modifications have been made.
  #
  # The keep command is necessary to prevent insmod and friends from ignoring
  # the builtin defaults of a path-statement is encountered. Until all other
  # packages use the new `add path'-statement this keep-statement is essential
  # to keep your system working
  keep

  ### update-modules: end processing /etc/modutils/0keep

  ### update-modules: start processing /etc/modutils/actions
  # Special actions that are needed for some modules

  # The BTTV module does not load the tuner module automatically,
  # so do that in here
  post-install bttv insmod tuner
  post-remove bttv rmmod tuner


  ### update-modules: end processing /etc/modutils/actions

  ### update-modules: start processing /etc/modutils/aliases
  # Aliases to tell insmod/modprobe which modules to use 

  # Uncomment the network protocols you don't want loaded:
  # alias net-pf-1 off		# Unix
  # alias net-pf-2 off		# IPv4
  # alias net-pf-3 off		# Amateur Radio AX.25
  # alias net-pf-4 off		# IPX
  # alias net-pf-5 off		# DDP / appletalk
  # alias net-pf-6 off		# Amateur Radio NET/ROM
  # alias net-pf-9 off		# X.25
  # alias net-pf-10 off		# IPv6
  # alias net-pf-11 off		# ROSE / Amateur Radio X.25 PLP
  # alias net-pf-19 off		# Acorn Econet

  alias char-major-10-175	agpgart
  alias char-major-10-200	tun
  alias char-major-81	bttv
  alias char-major-108	ppp_generic
  alias /dev/ppp		ppp_generic
  alias tty-ldisc-3	ppp_async
  alias tty-ldisc-14	ppp_synctty
  alias ppp-compress-21	bsd_comp
  alias ppp-compress-24	ppp_deflate
  alias ppp-compress-26	ppp_deflate

  # Crypto modules (see http://www.kerneli.org/)
  alias loop-xfer-gen-0	loop_gen
  alias loop-xfer-3	loop_fish2
  alias loop-xfer-gen-10	loop_gen
  alias cipher-2		des
  alias cipher-3		fish2
  alias cipher-4		blowfish
  alias cipher-6		idea
  alias cipher-7		serp6f
  alias cipher-8		mars6
  alias cipher-11		rc62
  alias cipher-15		dfc2
  alias cipher-16		rijndael
  alias cipher-17		rc5


  ### update-modules: end processing /etc/modutils/aliases

  ### update-modules: start processing /etc/modutils/ltmodem-2.4.18
  # lt_drivers: autoloading and insertion parameter usage
  alias char-major-62 lt_serial
  alias /dev/tts/LT0  lt_serial
  alias /dev/modem lt_serial
  # options lt_modem vendor_id=0x115d device_id=0x0420 Forced=3,0x130,0x2f8
  # section for lt_drivers ends

  ### update-modules: end processing /etc/modutils/ltmodem-2.4.18

  ### update-modules: start processing /etc/modutils/paths
  # This file contains a list of paths that modprobe should scan,
  # beside the once that are compiled into the modutils tools
  # themselves.


  ### update-modules: end processing /etc/modutils/paths

  ### update-modules: start processing /etc/modutils/ppp
  alias /dev/ppp          ppp_generic
  alias char-major-108    ppp_generic
  alias tty-ldisc-3       ppp_async  
  alias tty-ldisc-14      ppp_synctty
  alias ppp-compress-21   bsd_comp   
  alias ppp-compress-24   ppp_deflate
  alias ppp-compress-26   ppp_deflate

  ### update-modules: end processing /etc/modutils/ppp

  ### update-modules: start processing /etc/modutils/setserial
  #
  # This is what I wanted to do, but logger is in /usr/bin, which isn't
  # loaded when the module is first loaded into the kernel at boot time!
  #
  #post-install serial /etc/init.d/setserial start | 
  #logger -p daemon.info -t "setserial-module reload"
  #pre-remove serial /etc/init.d/setserial stop | 
  #logger -p daemon.info -t "setserial-module uload"
  #
  alias /dev/tts          serial
  alias /dev/tts/0        serial
  alias /dev/tts/1        serial
  alias /dev/tts/2        serial
  alias /dev/tts/3        serial
  post-install serial /etc/init.d/setserial modload > /dev/null 2> /dev/null
  pre-remove serial /etc/init.d/setserial modsave  > /dev/null 2> /dev/null

  ### update-modules: end processing /etc/modutils/setserial

  ### update-modules: start processing /etc/modutils/arch/i386
  alias parport_lowlevel parport_pc
  alias char-major-10-144 nvram
  alias binfmt-0064 binfmt_aout
  alias char-major-10-135 rtc

  ### update-modules: end processing /etc/modutils/arch/i386
  
/etc/modutils
These utilities are intended to make a Linux modular kernel manageable for all users, administrators and distribution maintainers.
/etc/mtools
Debian default mtools configuration file. The mtools series of commands work with MS-DOS files and directories on floppy disks. This allows you to use Linux with MS-DOS formatted diskettes on DOS and Windows systems.
/etc/manpath.conf
This file is used by the man_db package to configure the man and cat paths. It is also used to provide a manpath for those without one by examining their PATH environment variable. For details see the manpath(5) man page.
/etc/mediaprm
Was formally named /etc/fdprm. See /etc/fdprm for further details.
/etc/motd
The message of the day, automatically output after a successful login. Contents are up to the system administrator. Often used for getting information to every user, such as warnings about planned downtimes. Linux debian.localdomain.com 2.4.18 #1 Sat Mar 15 00:17:39 EST 2003 i686 unknown Most of the programs included with the Debian GNU/Linux system are freely redistributable; the exact distribution terms for each program are described in the individual files in /usr/share/doc/*/copyright Debian GNU/Linux comes with ABSOLUTELY NO WARRANTY, to the extent permitted by applicable law.
/etc/mtab
List of currently mounted filesystems. Initially set up by the bootup scripts, and updated automatically by the mount command. Used when a list of mounted filesystems is needed, e.g., by the df command. This file is sometimes a symbolic link to /proc/mounts.
/etc/networks
List of networks that the system is currently located on. For example, 192.168.0.0.
/etc/nsswitch.conf
System Database/Name Service Switch configuration file.
/etc/oss.conf
OSS (Open Sound System) configuration file.
/etc/pam.d/
This directory is the home of the configuration files for PAMs, Pluggable Authentication Modules.
/etc/postfix/
Holds your postfix configuration files. Postfix is now the MTA of choice among Linux distributions. It is sendmail-compatible, offers improved speed over sendmail, ease of administration and security. It was originally developed by IBM and was called the IBM Secure Mailer and is used in many large commercial networks. It is now the de-facto standard.
/etc/ppp/
The place where your dial-up configuration files are placed. More than likely to be created by the text menu based pppconfig or other GUI based ppp configuration utilities such as kppp or gnome-ppp.
/etc/pam.conf
Most programs use a file under the /etc/pam.d/ directory to setup their PAM service modules. This file is and can be used, but is not recommended.
/etc/paper.config
Paper size configuration file.
/etc/papersize
Default papersize.
/etc/passwd
This is the 'old' password file, It is kept for compatibility and contains the user database, with fields giving the username, real name, home directory, encrypted password, and other information about each user. The format is documented in the passwd man(ual) page.

root:x:0:0:root:/root:/bin/bash daemon:x:1:1:daemon:/usr/sbin:/bin/sh
bin:x:2:2:bin:/bin:/bin/sh sys:x:3:3:sys:/dev:/bin/sh
sync:x:4:100:sync:/bin:/bin/sync games:x:5:100:games:/usr/games:/bin/sh
man:x:6:100:man:/var/cache/man:/bin/sh lp:x:7:7:lp:/var/spool/lpd:/bin/sh
mail:x:8:8:mail:/var/mail:/bin/sh news:x:9:9:news:/var/spool/news:/bin/sh
uucp:x:10:10:uucp:/var/spool/uucp:/bin/sh proxy:x:13:13:proxy:/bin:/bin/sh
postgres:x:31:32:postgres:/var/lib/postgres:/bin/sh
www-data:x:33:33:www-data:/var/www:/bin/sh
backup:x:34:34:backup:/var/backups:/bin/sh
operator:x:37:37:Operator:/var:/bin/sh
list:x:38:38:SmartList:/var/list:/bin/sh irc:x:39:39:ircd:/var:/bin/sh
gnats:x:41:41:Gnats Bug-Reporting System (admin):/var/lib/gnats:/bin/sh
nobody:x:65534:65534:nobody:/home:/bin/sh
binh:x:1000:1000:,,,:/home/binh:/bin/bash
identd:x:100:65534::/var/run/identd:/bin/false
sshd:x:101:65534::/var/run/sshd:/bin/false gdm:x:102:101:Gnome Display
Manager:/var/lib/gdm:/bin/false
telnetd:x:103:103::/usr/lib/telnetd:/bin/false
dummy:x:1001:1001:,,,:/home/dummy:/bin/bash
/etc/passwd-
Old /etc/passwd file.
/etc/printcap
Printer configuration (capabilities) file. The definition of all system printers, whether local or remote, is stored in this file. Its layout is similar to that of /etc/termcap but it uses a different syntax.
/etc/profile
Files and commands to be executed at login or startup time by the Bourne or C shells. These allow the system administrator to set global defaults for all users.
/etc/profile.d
Shells scripts to be executed upon login to the Bourne or C shells. These scripts are normally called from the /etc/profile file.
/etc/protocols
Protocols definitions file. It describes the various DARPA Internet protocols that are available from the TCP/IP subsystem. It should be consulted instead of using the numbers in the ARPA include files or resorting to guesstimation. This file should be left untouched since changes could result in incorrect IP packages.
/etc/pcmcia
Configuration files for PCMCIA devices. Generally only useful to laptop users.
/etc/reportbug.conf
Configuration file for reportbug. Reportbug is primarily designed to report bugs in the Debian distribution. By default it creates an e-mail to the Debian bug tracking system at mit@bugs.debian.org with information about the bug. Using the -bts option you can report bugs to other servers also using ddebbugs such as KDE.org. It is similar to bug but has far greater capabilities while still maintaining simplicity.
/etc/rc.boot or /etc/rc?.d
These directories contain all the files necessary to control system services and configure runlevels. A skeleton file is provided in /etc/init.d/skeleton
/etc/rcS.d
The scripts in this directory are executed once when booting the system, even when booting directly into single user mode. The files are all symbolic links, the real files are located in /etc/init.d/. For a more general discussion of this technique, see /etc/init.d/README.
/etc/resolv.conf
Configuration of how DNS is to occur is defined in this file. It tells the name resolver libraries where they need to go to find information not found in the /etc/hosts file. This always has at least one nameserver line, but preferably three. The resolver uses each in turn. More than the first three can be included but anything beyond the first three will be ignored. Two lines that appear in the /etc/resolv.conf file are domain and search. Both of these are mutually exclusive options, and where both show up, the last one wins. Other entries beyond the three discussed here are listed in the man pages but aren't often used.
/etc/rmt
This is not a mistake. This shell script (/etc/rmt) has been provided for compatibility with other Unix-like systems, some of which have utilities that expect to find (and execute) rmt in the /etc directory on remote systems.
/etc/rpc
The rpc file contains user readable names that can be used in place of rpc program numbers. Each line has the following information: -name of server for the rpc program -rpc program number -aliases Items are separated by any number of blanks and/or tab characters. A ``#'' indicates the beginning of a comment; characters up to the end of the line are not interpreted by routines which search the file.

  # /etc/rpc:
  # $Id: etc.xml,v 1.10 2004/02/03 21:42:57 binh Exp $
  #
  # rpc 88/08/01 4.0 RPCSRC; from 1.12   88/02/07 SMI

  portmapper	100000	portmap sunrpc
  rstatd		100001	rstat rstat_svc rup perfmeter
  rusersd		100002	rusers
  nfs		100003	nfsprog
  ypserv		100004	ypprog
  mountd		100005	mount showmount
  ypbind		100007
  walld		100008	rwall shutdown
  yppasswdd	100009	yppasswd
  etherstatd	100010	etherstat
  rquotad		100011	rquotaprog quota rquota
  sprayd		100012	spray
  3270_mapper	100013
  rje_mapper	100014
  selection_svc	100015	selnsvc
  database_svc	100016
  rexd		100017	rex
  alis		100018
  sched		100019
  llockmgr	100020
  nlockmgr	100021
  x25.inr		100022
  statmon		100023
  status		100024
  bootparam	100026
  ypupdated	100028	ypupdate
  keyserv		100029	keyserver
  tfsd		100037 
  nsed		100038
  nsemntd		100039
  pcnfsd		150001
  amd		300019	amq
  sgi_fam		391002
  ugidd		545580417
  bwnfsd          788585389
  
/etc/samba
Samba configuration files. A 'LanManager' like file and printer server for Unix. The Samba software suite is a collection of programs that implements the SMB protocol for unix systems, allowing you to serve files and printers to Windows, NT, OS/2 and DOS clients. This protocol is sometimes also referred to as the LanManager or NetBIOS protocol.
/etc/sane.d
Sane configuration files. SANE stands for "Scanner Access Now Easy" and is an application programming interface (API) that provides standardized access to any raster image scanner hardware (flatbed scanner, hand-held scanner, video- and still-cameras, frame-grabbers, etc.). The SANE API is public domain and its discussion and development is open to everybody. The current source code is written for UNIX (including GNU/Linux) and is available under the GNU General Public License (the SANE API is available to proprietary applications and backends as well, however).
SANE is a universal scanner interface. The value of such a universal interface is that it allows writing just one driver per image acquisition device rather than one driver for each device and application. So, if you have three applications and four devices, traditionally you'd have had to write 12 different programs. With SANE, this number is reduced to seven: the three applications plus the four drivers. Of course, the savings get even bigger as more and more drivers and/or applications are added.
Not only does SANE reduce development time and code duplication, it also raises the level at which applications can work. As such, it will enable applications that were previously unheard of in the UNIX world. While SANE is primarily targeted at a UNIX environment, the standard has been carefully designed to make it possible to implement the API on virtually any hardware or operating system.
While SANE is an acronym for ``Scanner Access Now Easy'' the hope is of course that SANE is indeed sane in the sense that it will allow easy implementation of the API while accommodating all features required by today's scanner hardware and applications. Specifically, SANE should be broad enough to accommodate devices such as scanners, digital still and video cameras, as well as virtual devices like image file filters.
If you're familiar with TWAIN, you may wonder why there is a need for SANE. Simply put, TWAIN does not separate the user-interface from the driver of a device. This, unfortunately, makes it difficult, if not impossible, to provide network transparent access to image acquisition devices (which is useful if you have a LAN full of machines, but scanners connected to only one or two machines; it's obviously also useful for remote-controlled cameras and such). It also means that any particular TWAIN driver is pretty much married to a particular GUI API (be it Win32 or the Mac API). In contrast, SANE cleanly separates device controls from their representation in a user-interface. As a result, SANE has no difficulty supporting command-line driven interfaces or network-transparent scanning. For these reasons, it is unlikely that there will ever be a SANE backend that can talk to a TWAIN driver. The converse is no problem though: it would be pretty straight forward to access SANE devices through a TWAIN source. In summary, if TWAIN had been just a little better designed, there would have been no reason for SANE to exist, but things being the way they are, TWAIN simply isn't SANE.
/etc/securetty
Identifies secure terminals, i.e., the terminals from which root is allowed to log in. Typically only the virtual consoles are listed, so that it becomes impossible (or at least harder) to gain superuser privileges by breaking into a system over a modem or a network.


 
  # /etc/securetty: list of terminals on which root is allowed to login.
  # See securetty(5) and login(1).
  console

  # Standard consoles
  tty1
  tty2
  tty3
  tty4
  tty5
  tty6
  tty7
  tty8
  tty9
  tty10
  tty11
  tty12

  # Same as above, but these only occur with devfs devices
  vc/1
  vc/2
  vc/3
  vc/4
  vc/5
  vc/6
  vc/7
  vc/8
  vc/9
  vc/10
  vc/11
  vc/12
  
/etc/sensors.conf
Configuration file for libsensors. A set of libraries designed to ascertain current hardware states via motherboard sensor chips. Useful statistics such as core voltages, CPU temperature can be determined through third party utilities that make user of these libraries such as 'gkrellm'. If you do not wish to install these packages you may also utilise the /proc filesystem real-time nature.
/etc/sudoers
Sudoers file. This file must be edited with the 'visudo' command as root. The sudo command allows an authenticated user to execute an authorized command as root. Both the effective UID and GID are set to 0 (you are basically root). It determines which users are authorized and which commands they are authorized to use. Configuration of this command is via this file.
/etc/shadow
Shadow password file on systems with shadow password software installed (PAMs). Shadow passwords move the encrypted password from /etc/passwd into /etc/shadow; the latter is not readable by anyone except root. This makes it more difficult to crack passwords.
/etc/shadow-
Old /etc/shadow file.
/etc/sysctl.conf
Configuration file for setting system variables, most notably kernel parameters. 'sysctl' is a means of configuring certain aspects of the kernel at run-time, and the /proc/sys/ directory is there so that you don't even need special tools to do it!
/etc/security
Essential to security. This subdirectory allows administrators to impose quota limits, access limits and also to configure PAM environments.
/etc/serial.conf
Serial port configuration. Changeable parameters include speed, baud rate, port, irq and type.
/etc/services
A definition of the networks, services and the associated port for each protocol that are available on this system. For example, web services (http) are assigned to port 80 by default. # /etc/services: # $Id: etc.xml,v 1.10 2004/02/03 21:42:57 binh Exp $ # # Network services, Internet style # # Note that it is presently the policy of IANA to assign a single # well-known port number for both TCP and UDP; hence, most entries # here have two entries even if the protocol doesn't support UDP # operations. Updated from RFC 1700, ``Assigned Numbers'' (October # 1994). Not all ports are included, only the more common ones. echo 7/tcp echo 7/udp discard 9/tcp sink null discard 9/udp sink null systat 11/tcp users daytime 13/tcp daytime 13/udp netstat 15/tcp qotd 17/tcp quote msp 18/tcp # message send protocol msp 18/udp # message send protocol chargen 19/tcp ttytst source chargen 19/udp ttytst source ftp-data 20/tcp ftp 21/tcp fsp 21/udp fspd ssh 22/tcp # SSH Remote Login Protocol ssh 22/udp # SSH Remote Login Protocol telnet 23/tcp # 24 - private smtp 25/tcp mail # 26 - unassigned time 37/tcp timserver time 37/udp timserver rlp 39/udp resource # resource location nameserver 42/tcp name # IEN 116 whois 43/tcp nicname re-mail-ck 50/tcp # Remote Mail Checking Protocol re-mail-ck 50/udp # Remote Mail Checking Protocol domain 53/tcp nameserver # name-domain server domain 53/udp nameserver netbios-ns 137/tcp # NETBIOS Name Service netbios-ns 137/udp netbios-dgm 138/tcp # NETBIOS Datagram Service netbios-dgm 138/udp netbios-ssn 139/tcp # NETBIOS session service netbios-ssn 139/udp x11 6000/tcp x11-0 # X windows system x11 6000/udp x11-0 # X windows system
/etc/shells
Lists trusted shells. The chsh command allows users to change their login shell only to shells listed in this file. ftpd, the server process that provides FTP services for a machine, will check that the user's shell is listed in /etc/shells and will not let people log in unless the shell is listed there. There are also some display managers that will passively or actively (dependent upon on distribution and display manager being used) refuse a user access to the system unless their shell is one of those listed here.


  # /etc/shells: valid login shells
  /bin/ash
  /bin/bash
  /bin/csh
  /bin/sh
  /usr/bin/es
  /usr/bin/ksh 
  /bin/ksh
  /usr/bin/rc
  /usr/bin/tcsh
  /bin/tcsh
  /usr/bin/zsh
  /bin/sash
  /bin/zsh
  /usr/bin/esh
  
/etc/skel/
The default files for each new user are stored in this directory. Each time a new user is added, these skeleton files are copied into their home directory. An average system would have: .alias, .bash_profile, .bashrc and .cshrc files. Other files are left up to the system administrator.
/etc/sysconfig/
This directory contains configuration files and subdirectories for the setup of system configuration specifics and for the boot process, like 'clock', which sets the timezone, or 'keyboard' which controls the keyboard map. The contents may vary drastically depending on which distribution and what utilities you have installed. For example, on a Redhat or Mandrake based system it is possible to alter an endless array of attributes from the default desktop to whether DMA should be enabled for your IDE devices. On our Debian reference system though this folder is almost expedient containing only two files hwconf and soundcard which are both configured by the Redhat utilities hwconf and sndconfig respectively.
/etc/slip
Configuration files for the setup and operation of SLIP (serial line IP) interface. Generally unused nowadays. This protocol has been superceded by the faster and more efficient PPP protocol.
/etc/screenrc
This is the system wide screenrc. You can use this file to change the default behavior of screen system wide or copy it to ~/.screenrc and use it as a starting point for your own settings. Commands in this file are used to set options, bind screen functions to keys, redefine terminal capabilities, and to automatically establish one or more windows at the beginning of your screen session. This is not a comprehensive list of options, look at the screen manual for details on everything that you can put in this file.
/etc/scrollkeeper.conf
A free electronic cataloging system for documentation. It stores metadata specified by the http://www.ibiblio.org/osrt/omf/ (Open Source Metadata Framework) as well as certain metadata extracted directly from documents (such as the table of contents). It provides various functionality pertaining to this metadata to help browsers, such as sorting the registered documents or searching the metadata for documents which satisfy a set of criteria.
/etc/ssh
'ssh' configuration files. 'ssh' is a secure rlogin/rsh/rcp replacement (OpenSSH). This is the portable version of OpenSSH, a free implementation of the Secure Shell protocol as specified by the IETF secsh working group. 'ssh' (Secure Shell) is a program for logging into a remote machine and for executing commands on a remote machine. It provides secure encrypted communications between two untrusted hosts over an insecure network. X11 connections and arbitrary TCP/IP ports can also be forwarded over the secure channel. It is intended as a replacement for rlogin, rsh and rcp, and can be used to provide applications with a secure communication channel. It should be noted that in some countries, particularly Iraq, and Pakistan, it may be illegal to use any encryption at all without a special permit.
/etc/syslog.conf
Lists where log files should go, what messages are written to them and the level of verbosity. It is also now possible to filter based on message content, message integrity, message encryption (near future), portability and better network forwarding.
/etc/termcap
The terminal capability database. Describes the "escape sequences" by which various terminals can be controlled. Programs are written so that instead of directly outputting an escape sequence that only works on a particular brand of terminal, they look up the correct sequence to do whatever it is they want to do in /etc/termcap. As a result most programs work with most kinds of terminals.
/etc/timezone
local timezone.
/etc/updatedb.conf
Sets environment variables that are used by updatedb which therefore configures the database for 'locate', a utility that locates a pattern in a database of filenames and returns the filenames that match.

  # This file sets environment variables which are used by updatedb

  # filesystems which are pruned from updatedb database
  PRUNEFS="NFS nfs afs proc smbfs autofs auto iso9660 ncpfs coda devpts ftpfs"
  export PRUNEFS
  # paths which are pruned from updatedb database
  PRUNEPATHS="/tmp /usr/tmp /var/tmp /afs /amd /alex /var/spool"
  export PRUNEPATHS
  # netpaths which are added
  NETPATHS=""
  export NETPATHS
  
/etc/vga
The configuration file for the svgalib is stored in this directory. svgalib provides graphics capabilities to programs running on the system console, without going through the X Window System. It uses direct access to the video hardware to provide low-level access to the standard VGA and SVGA graphics modes. It only works with some video hardware; so use with caution.
/etc/vim
Contains configuration files for both vim and its X based counterpart gvim. A wide range of options can be accessed though these two files such as automatic indentation, syntax highlighting, etc....
/etc/xinetd.d/
The original 'inetd' daemon has now been superceded by the much improved 'xinetd'. 'inetd' should be run at boot time by /etc/init.d/inetd (or /etc/rc.local on some systems). It then listens for connections on certain Internet sockets. When a connection is found on one of its sockets, it decides what service the socket corresponds to, and invokes a program to service the request. After the program is finished, it continues to listen on the socket (except in some cases). Essentially, inetd allows running one daemon to invoke several others, reducing load on the system. Services controlled via xinetd put their configuration files here.
/etc/zlogin
System-wide .zlogin file for zsh(1). This file is sourced only for login shells. It should contain commands that should be executed only in login shells. It should be used to set the terminal type and run a series of external commands (fortune, msgs, from, etc.)
/etc/zlogout
Commands to be executed upon user exit from the zsh. Its control is system-wide but the .zlogout file for zsh(1) does override it in terms of importance.
/etc/zprofile
System-wide .zprofile file for zsh(1). This file is sourced only for login shells (i.e. Shells invoked with "-" as the first character of argv[0], and shells invoked with the -l flag.)
/etc/zshenv
System-wide .zshenv file for zsh(1). This file is sourced on all invocations of the shell. If the -f flag is present or if the NO_RCS option is set within this file, all other initialization files are skipped. This file should contain commands to set the command search path, plus other important environment variables. This file should not contain commands that produce output or assume the shell is attached to a tty.
/etc/zshrc
System-wide .zshrc file for zsh(1). This file is sourced only for interactive shells. It should contain commands to set up aliases, functions, options, key bindings, etc.

Compliance with the FSSTND requires that the following directories, or symbolic links to directories are required in /etc:

  opt       Configuration for /opt
  X11       Configuration for the X Window system (optional)
  sgml      Configuration for SGML (optional)
  xml       Configuration for XML (optional)

  The following directories, or symbolic links to directories must be in /etc,
  if the corresponding subsystem is installed:

  opt       Configuration for /opt

  The following files, or symbolic links to files, must be in /etc if the
  corresponding subsystem is installed (it is recommended that files be
  stored in subdirectories of /etc/ rather than directly in /etc:

  csh.login   Systemwide initialization file for C shell logins (optional)
  exports     NFS filesystem access control list (optional)
  fstab       Static information about filesystems (optional)
  ftpusers    FTP daemon user access control list (optional)
  gateways    File which lists gateways for routed (optional)
  gettydefs   Speed and terminal settings used by getty (optional)
  group       User group file (optional)
  host.conf   Resolver configuration file (optional)
  hosts       Static information about host names (optional)
  hosts.allow Host access file for TCP wrappers (optional)
  hosts.deny  Host access file for TCP wrappers (optional)
  hosts.equiv List of trusted hosts for rlogin, rsh, rcp (optional)
  hosts.lpd   List of trusted hosts for lpd (optional)
  inetd.conf  Configuration file for inetd (optional)
  inittab     Configuration file for init (optional)
  issue       Pre-login message and identification file (optional)
  ld.so.conf  List of extra directories to search for shared libraries 
              (optional)
  motd        Post-login message of the day file (optional)
  mtab        Dynamic information about filesystems (optional)
  mtools.conf Configuration file for mtools (optional)
  networks    Static information about network names (optional)
  passwd      The password file (optional)
  printcap    The lpd printer capability database (optional)
  profile     Systemwide initialization file for sh shell logins (optional)
  protocols   IP protocol listing (optional)
  resolv.conf Resolver configuration file (optional)
  rpc         RPC protocol listing (optional)
  securetty   TTY access control for root login (optional)
  services    Port names for network services (optional)
  shells      Pathnames of valid login shells (optional)
  syslog.conf Configuration file for syslogd (optional) 

  mtab does not fit the static nature of /etc: it is excepted for historical
  reasons. On some Linux systems, this may be a symbolic link to /proc/mounts,
  in which case this exception is not required.

  /etc/opt : Configuration files for /opt
  Host-specific configuration files for add-on application software packages
  must be installed within the directory /etc/opt/&60;subdir&62;, where 
  &60;subdir&62; is the name of the subtree in /opt where the static data
  from that package is stored.

  No structure is imposed on the internal arrangement of /etc/opt/&60;subdir&62;.
  If a configuration file must reside in a different location in order for the
  package or system to function properly, it may be placed in a location other
  than /etc/opt/&60;subdir&62;.

  The rationale behind this subtree is best explained by refering to the
  rationale for /opt.

  /etc/X11 : Configuration for the X Window System (optional)
  /etc/X11 is the location for all X11 host-specific configuration. This
  directory is necessary to allow local control if /usr is mounted read only.

  The following files, or symbolic links to files, must be in /etc/X11 if the
  corresponding subsystem is installed:

  Xconfig    The configuration file for early versions of XFree86 (optional)
  XF86Config The configuration file for XFree86 versions 3 and 4 (optional)
  Xmodmap    Global X11 keyboard modification file (optional)

  Subdirectories of /etc/X11 may include those for xdm and for any other
  programs (some window managers, for example) that need them.

  /etc/X11/xdm holds the configuration files for xdm. These are most of the
  files previously found in /usr/lib/X11/xdm. Some local variable data for
  xdm is stored in /var/lib/xdm.

  It is recommended that window managers with only one configuration file
  which is a default .*wmrc file must name it system.*wmrc (unless there is
  a widely-accepted alternative name) and not use a subdirectory. Any window
  manager subdirectories must be identically named to the actual window 
  manager binary.

  /etc/sgml : Configuration files for SGML (optional)
  Generic configuration files defining high-level parameters of the SGML
  systems are installed here. Files with names *.conf indicate generic
  configuration files. File with names *.cat are the DTD-specific centralized
  catalogs, containing references to all other catalogs needed to use the 
  given DTD. The super catalog file catalog references all the centralized
  catalogs.

  /etc/xml : Configuration files for XML (optional)
  Generic configuration files defining high-level parameters of the XML
  systems are installed here. Files with names *.conf indicate generic
  configuration files. The super catalog file catalog references all the
  centralized catalogs.		  
  

1.7. /home

Linux is a multi-user environment so each user is also assigned a specific directory that is accessible only to them and the system administrator. These are the user home directories, which can be found under '/home/$USER' (~/). It is your playground: everything is at your command, you can write files, delete them, install programs, etc.... Your home directory contains your personal configuration files, the so-called dot files (their name is preceded by a dot). Personal configuration files are usually 'hidden', if you want to see them, you either have to turn on the appropriate option in your file manager or run ls with the -a switch. If there is a conflict between personal and system wide configuration files, the settings in the personal file will prevail.
Dotfiles most likely to be altered by the end user are probably your .xsession and .bashrc files. The configuration files for X and Bash respectively. They allow you to be able to change the window manager to be startup upon login and also aliases, user-specified commands and environment variables respectively. Almost always when a user is created their dotfiles will be taken from the /etc/skel directory where system administrators place a sample file that user's can modify to their hearts content.
/home can get quite large and can be used for storing downloads, compiling, installing and running programs, your mail, your collection of image or sound files etc.
The FSSTND states that:

  /home is a fairly standard concept, but it is clearly a site-specific
  filesystem. 
  
  Different people prefer to place user accounts in a variety of places. 
  This section describes only a suggested placement for user home
  directories; nevertheless we recommend that all FHS-compliant 
  distributions use this as the default location for home directories.
  On small systems, each user's directory is typically one of the many 
  subdirectories of /home such as /home/smith, /home/torvalds, 
  /home/operator, etc. On large systems (especially when the /home 
  directories are shared amongst many hosts using NFS) it is useful 
  to subdivide user home directories. Subdivision may be accomplished by
  using subdirectories such as /home/staff, /home/guests, /home/students,
  etc.
  
  The setup will differ from host to host. Therefore, no program
  should rely on this location.

  If you want to find out a user's home directory, you should use the 
  getpwent(3) library function rather than relying on /etc/passwd because 
  user information may be stored remotely using systems such as NIS.

  User specific configuration files for applications are stored in the
  user's home directory in a file that starts with the '.' character 
  (a "dot file"). If an application needs to create more than one dot
  file then they should be placed in a subdirectory with a name starting
  with a '.' character, (a "dot directory"). In this case the
  configuration files should not start with the '.' character.

  It is recommended that apart from autosave and lock files programs
  should refrain from creating non dot files or directories in a home
  directory without user intervention.
  

1.8. /initrd


initrd provides the capability to load a RAM disk by the boot
loader. This RAM disk can then be mounted as the root file
system and programs can be run from it. Afterwards, a new
root file system can be mounted from a different device. The
previous root (from initrd) is then moved to a directory and
can be subsequently unmounted.

initrd is mainly designed to allow system startup to occur 
in two phases, where the kernel comes up with a minimum set
of compiled-in drivers, and where additional modules are 
loaded from initrd.

Operation
---------

When using initrd, the system typically boots as follows:

 1) the boot loader loads the kernel and the initial RAM disk
 2) the kernel converts initrd into a "normal" RAM disk and
    frees the memory used by initrd
 3) initrd is mounted read-write as root
 4) /linuxrc is executed (this can be any valid executable,
 including shell scripts; it is run with uid 0 and can do
 basically everything init can do)
 5) linuxrc mounts the "real" root file system
 6) linuxrc places the root file system at the root directory
    using the pivot_root system call
 7) the usual boot sequence (e.g. invocation of /sbin/init) is
    performed on the root file system
 8) the initrd file system is removed

Note that changing the root directory does not involve unmounting 
it. It is therefore possible to leave processes running on initrd
during that procedure. Also note that file systems mounted under 
initrd continue to be accessible.

Usage scenarios
---------------

The main motivation for implementing initrd was to allow
for modular kernel configuration at system installation. 
The procedure would work as follows:

 1) system boots from floppy or other media with a minimal kernel
    (e.g. support for RAM disks, initrd, a.out, and the Ext2 FS)
    and loads initrd
 2) /linuxrc determines what is needed to (1) mount the "real" root
    FS (i.e. device type, device drivers, file system) and (2) the
    distribution media (e.g. CD-ROM, network, tape, ...). This can
    be done by asking the user, by auto-probing, or by using a
    hybrid approach.
 3) /linuxrc loads the necessary kernel modules
 4) /linuxrc creates and populates the root file system (this
    doesn't have to be a very usable system yet)
 5) /linuxrc invokes pivot_root to change the root file system and
    execs - via chroot - a program that continues the installation
 6) the boot loader is installed
 7) the boot loader is configured to load an initrd with the set of
    modules that was used to bring up the system (e.g. /initrd can
    be modified, then unmounted, and finally, the image is written
    from /dev/ram0 or /dev/rd/0 to a file)
 8) now the system is bootable and additional installation tasks
    can be performed

The key role of initrd here is to re-use the configuration data 
during normal system operation without requiring the use of a 
bloated "generic" kernel or re-compiling or re-linking the kernel.

A second scenario is for installations where Linux runs on systems 
with different hardware configurations in a single administrative 
domain. In such cases, it is desirable to generate only a small set 
of kernels (ideally only one) and to keep the system-specific part 
of configuration information as small as possible. In this case, a 
common initrd could be generated with all the necessary modules. 
Then, only /linuxrc or a file read by it would have to be different.

A third scenario are more convenient recovery disks, because 
information like the location of the root FS partition doesn't have 
to be provided at boot time, but the system loaded from initrd can 
invoke a user-friendly dialog and it can also perform some sanity 
checks (or even some form of auto-detection).

Last not least, CD-ROM distributors may use it for better installation 
from CD, e.g. by using a boot floppy and bootstrapping a bigger RAM disk 
via initrd from CD; or by booting via a loader like LOADLIN or directly 
from the CD-ROM, and loading the RAM disk from CD without need of floppies.

1.9. /lib

The /lib directory contains kernel modules and those shared library images (the C programming code library) needed to boot the system and run the commands in the root filesystem, ie. by binaries in /bin and /sbin. Libraries are readily identifiable through their filename extension of *.so. Windows equivalent to a shared library would be a DLL (dynamically linked library) file. They are essential for basic system functionality. Kernel modules (drivers) are in the subdirectory /lib/modules/'kernel-version'. To ensure proper module compilation you should ensure that /lib/modules/'kernel-version'/kernel/build points to /usr/src/'kernel-version' or ensure that the Makefile knows where the kernel source itself are located.


/lib/'machine-architecture'
Contains platform/architecture dependent libraries.
/lib/iptables
iptables shared library files.
/lib/kbd
Contains various keymaps.
/lib/modules/'kernel-version'
The home of all the kernel modules. The organisation of files here is reasonably clear so no requires no elaboration.
/lib/modules/'kernel-version'/isapnpmap.dep
has details on ISA based cards, the modules that they require and various other attributes.
/lib/modules/'kernel-version'/modules.dep
lists all modules dependencies. This file can be updated using the depmod command.
/lib/modules/'kernel-version'/pcimap
is the PCI equivalent of the /lib/modules/'kernel-version'/isapnpmap.dep file.
/lib/modules/'kernel-version'/usbmap
is the USB equivalent of the /lib/modules/'kernel-version'/isapnpmap.dep file.
/lib/oss
All OSS (Open Sound System) files are installed here by default.
/lib/security
PAM library files.


The FSSTND states that the /lib directory contains those shared library
images needed to boot the system and run the commands in the root filesystem,
ie. by binaries in /bin and /sbin.

Shared libraries that are only necessary for binaries in /usr (such as any 
X Window binaries) must not be in /lib. Only the shared libraries required
to run binaries in /bin and /sbin may be here. In particular, the library 
libm.so.* may also be placed in /usr/lib if it is not required by anything
in /bin or /sbin.

At least one of each of the following filename patterns are required (they 
may be files, or symbolic links):

libc.so.* The dynamically-linked C library (optional)
ld*       The execution time linker/loader (optional)

If a C preprocessor is installed, /lib/cpp must be a reference to it, for
historical reasons. The usual placement of this binary is /usr/bin/cpp.

The following directories, or symbolic links to directories, must be in 
/lib, if the corresponding subsystem is installed:

modules   Loadable kernel modules (optional)

/lib<qual> : Alternate format essential shared libraries (optional)

There may be one or more variants of the /lib directory on systems which
support more than one binary format requiring separate libraries.

This is commonly used for 64-bit or 32-bit support on systems which support
multiple binary formats, but require libraries of the same name. In this 
case, /lib32 and /lib64 might be the library directories, and /lib a symlink
to one of them.

If one or more of these directories exist, the requirements for their contents
are the same as the normal /lib directory, except that /lib<qual>/cpp is 
not required.

/lib<qual>/cpp is still permitted: this allows the case where /lib and 
/lib<qual> are the same (one is a symbolic link to the other).

1.10. /lost+found

As was explained earlier during the overview of the FSSTND, Linux should always go through a proper shutdown. Sometimes your system might crash or a power failure might take the machine down. Either way, at the next boot, a lengthy filesystem check (the speed of this check is dependent on the type of filesystem that you actually use. ie. ext3 is faster than ext2 because it is a journalled filesystem) using fsck will be done. Fsck will go through the system and try to recover any corrupt files that it finds. The result of this recovery operation will be placed in this directory. The files recovered are not likely to be complete or make much sense but there always is a chance that something worthwhile is recovered. Each partition has its own lost+found directory. If you find files in there, try to move them back to their original location. If you find something like a broken symbolic link to 'file', you have to reinstall the file/s from the corresponding RPM, since your file system got damaged so badly that the files were mutilated beyond recognition. Below is an example of a /lost+found directory. As you can see, the vast majority of files contained here are in actual fact sockets. As for the rest of the other files they were found to be damaged system files and personal files. These files were not able to be recovered.

      total 368
      -rw-r--r-- 1 root root 110891 Oct 5 14:14 #388200
      -rw-r--r-- 1 root root 215 Oct 5 14:14 #388201
      -rw-r--r-- 1 root root 110303 Oct 6 23:09 #388813
      -rw-r--r-- 1 root root 141 Oct 6 23:09 #388814
      -rw-r--r-- 1 root root 110604 Oct 6 23:09 #388815a
      -rw-r--r-- 1 root root 194 Oct 6 23:09 #388816
      srwxr-xr-x 1 root root 0 Oct 6 13:00 #51430
      srwxr-xr-x 1 root root 0 Oct 6 00:23 #51433
      -rw------- 1 root root 63 Oct 6 00:23 #51434
      srwxr-xr-x 1 root root 0 Oct 6 13:00 #51436
      srwxrwxrwx 1 root root 0 Oct 6 00:23 #51437
      srwx------ 1 root root 0 Oct 6 00:23 #51438
      -rw------- 1 root root 63 Oct 6 13:00 #51439
      srwxrwxrwx 1 root root 0 Oct 6 13:00 #51440
      srwx------ 1 root root 0 Oct 6 13:00 #51442
      -rw------- 1 root root 63 Oct 6 23:09 #51443
      srwx------ 1 root root 0 Oct 6 10:40 #51445
      srwxrwxrwx 1 root root 0 Oct 6 23:09 #51446
      srwx------ 1 root root 0 Oct 6 23:09 #51448
      

1.11. /media

Amid much controversy and consternation on the part of system and network administrators a directory containing mount points for removable media has now been created. Funnily enough, it has been named /media.

This directory contains subdirectories which are used as mount points for
removeable media such as floppy disks, cdroms and zip disks.

The motivation for the creation of this directory has been that historically
there have been a number of other different places used to mount removeable
media such as /cdrom, /mnt or /mnt/cdrom. Placing the mount points for all 
removeable media directly in the root directory would potentially result in 
a large number of extra directories in /. Although the use of subdirectories
in /mnt as a mount point has recently been common, it conflicts with a much 
older tradition of using /mnt directly as a temporary mount point.

The following directories, or symbolic links to directories, must be in /media,
if the corresponding subsystem is installed:

floppy     Floppy drive (optional)
cdrom      CD-ROM drive (optional)
cdrecorder CD writer (optional)
zip        Zip drive (optional)

On systems where more than one device exists for mounting a certain type of
media, mount directories can be created by appending a digit to the name of
those available above starting with '0', but the unqualified name must also
exist.

A compliant implementation with two CDROM drives might have /media/cdrom0
and /media/cdrom1 with /media/cdrom a symlink to either of these.

Please see the section on the /mnt directory to achieve a better understanding of the process on mounting and unmounting filesystems.

1.12. /mnt

This is a generic mount point under which you mount your filesystems or devices. Mounting is the process by which you make a filesystem available to the system. After mounting your files will be accessible under the mount-point. This directory usually contains mount points or sub-directories where you mount your floppy and your CD. You can also create additional mount-points here if you wish. Standard mount points would include /mnt/cdrom and /mnt/floppy. There is no limitation to creating a mount-point anywhere on your system but by convention and for sheer practicality do not litter your file system with mount-points. It should be noted that some distributions like Debian allocate /floppy and /cdrom as mount points while Redhat and Mandrake puts them in /mnt/floppy and /mnt/cdrom respectively.
However, it should be noted that as of FSSTND version 2.3 the purpose of this directory has changed.

  This directory is provided so that the system administrator may temporarily
  mount a filesystem as needed. The content of this directory is a local issue
  and should not affect the manner in which any program is run.

  This directory must not be used by installation programs: a suitable temporary
  directory not in use by the system must be used instead.
  


1.12.1. Mounting and unmounting

Before one can use a filesystem, it has to be mounted. The operating system then does various bookkeeping things to make sure that everything works. Since all files in UNIX are in a single directory tree, the mount operation will make it look like the contents of the new filesystem are the contents of an existing subdirectory in some already mounted filesystem.
The mounts could be done as in the following example:
 
  $ mount /dev/hda2 /home 
  $ mount /dev/hda3 /usr
  $ 
  
The mount command takes two arguments. The first one is the device file corresponding to the disk or partition containing the filesystem. The second one is the directory below which it will be mounted. After these commands the contents of the two filesystems look just like the contents of the /home and /usr directories, respectively. One would then say that ``/dev/hda2 is mounted on /home'', and similarly for /usr. To look at either filesystem, one would look at the contents of the directory on which it has been mounted, just as if it were any other directory. Note the difference between the device file, /dev/hda2, and the mounted-on directory, /home. The device file gives access to the raw contents of the disk, the mounted-on directory gives access to the files on the disk. The mounted-on directory is called the mount point.
Linux supports many filesystem types. mount tries to guess the type of the filesystem. You can also use the -t fstype option to specify the type directly; this is sometimes necessary, since the heuristics mount uses do not always work. For example, to mount an MS-DOS floppy, you could use the following command:
  $ mount -t msdos /dev/fd0 /floppy
   $
  
The mounted-on directory need not be empty, although it must exist. Any files in it, however, will be inaccessible by name while the filesystem is mounted. (Any files that have already been opened will still be accessible. Files that have hard links from other directories can be accessed using those names.) There is no harm done with this, and it can even be useful. For instance, some people like to have /tmp and /var/tmp synonymous, and make /tmp be a symbolic link to /var/tmp. When the system is booted, before the /var filesystem is mounted, a /var/tmp directory residing on the root filesystem is used instead. When /var is mounted, it will make the /var/tmp directory on the root filesystem inaccessible. If /var/tmp didn't exist on the root filesystem, it would be impossible to use temporary files before mounting /var.
If you don't intend to write anything to the filesystem, use the -r switch for mount to do a read-only mount. This will make the kernel stop any attempts at writing to the filesystem, and will also stop the kernel from updating file access times in the inodes. Read-only mounts are necessary for unwritable media, e.g., CD-ROMs.
The alert reader has already noticed a slight logistical problem. How is the first filesystem (called the root filesystem, because it contains the root directory) mounted, since it obviously can't be mounted on another filesystem? Well, the answer is that it is done by magic.
For more information, see the kernel source or the Kernel Hackers' Guide.
The root filesystem is magically mounted at boot time, and one can rely on it to always be mounted. If the root filesystem can't be mounted, the system does not boot. The name of the filesystem that is magically mounted as root is either compiled into the kernel, or set using LILO or rdev.
The root filesystem is usually first mounted read-only. The startup scripts will then run fsck to verify its validity, and if there are no problems, they will re-mount it so that writes will also be allowed. fsck must not be run on a mounted filesystem, since any changes to the filesystem while fsck is running will cause trouble. Since the root filesystem is mounted read-only while it is being checked, fsck can fix any problems without worry, since the remount operation will flush any metadata that the filesystem keeps in memory.
On many systems there are other filesystems that should also be mounted automatically at boot time. These are specified in the /etc/fstab file; see the fstab man page for details on the format. The details of exactly when the extra filesystems are mounted depend on many factors, and can be configured by each administrator if need be.
When a filesystem no longer needs to be mounted, it can be unmounted with umount.
It should of course be unmount, but the n mysteriously disappeared in the 70s, and hasn't been seen since. Please return it to Bell Labs, NJ, if you find it.
umount takes one argument: either the device file or the mount point. For example, to unmount the directories of the previous example, one could use the commands
  $ umount /dev/hda2
  $ umount /usr
  $
  
See the man page for further instructions on how to use the command. It is imperative that you always unmount a mounted floppy. Don't just pop the floppy out of the drive! Because of disk caching, the data is not necessarily written to the floppy until you unmount it, so removing the floppy from the drive too early might cause the contents to become garbled. If you only read from the floppy, this is not very likely, but if you write, even accidentally, the result may be catastrophic.
Mounting and unmounting requires super user privileges, i.e., only root can do it. The reason for this is that if any user can mount a floppy on any directory, then it is rather easy to create a floppy with, say, a Trojan horse disguised as /bin/sh, or any other often used program. However, it is often necessary to allow users to use floppies, and there are several ways to do this:

  • Give the users the root password. This is obviously bad security, but is the easiest solution. It works well if there is no need for security anyway, which is the case on many non-networked, personal systems.
  • Use a program such as sudo to allow users to use mount. This is still bad security, but doesn't directly give super user privileges to everyone. [1]
  • Make the users use mtools, a package for manipulating MS-DOS filesystems, without mounting them. This works well if MS-DOS floppies are all that is needed, but is rather awkward otherwise.
  • List the floppy devices and their allowable mount points together with the suitable options in /etc/fstab.
The last alternative can be implemented by adding a line like the following to the /etc/fstab file:

  /dev/fd0 /floppy
  msdos user,noauto 0 0
  

The columns are: device file to mount, directory to mount on, filesystem type, options, backup frequency (used by dump), and fsck pass number (to specify the order in which filesystems should be checked upon boot; 0 means no check).
The noauto option stops this mount to be done automatically when the system is started (i.e., it stops mount -a from mounting it). The user option allows any user to mount the filesystem, and, because of security reasons, disallows execution of programs (normal or setuid) and interpretation of device files from the mounted filesystem. After this, any user can mount a floppy with an msdos filesystem with the following command:

 
  $ mount /floppy
  $
  

The floppy can (and needs to, of course) be unmounted with the corresponding umount command.
If you want to provide access to several types of floppies, you need to give several mount points. The settings can be different for each mount point. For example, to give access to both MS-DOS and ext2 floppies, you could have the following to lines in /etc/fstab:

  /dev/fd0 /dosfloppy msdos user,noauto 0 0 /dev/fd0
  /ext2floppy ext2 user,noauto 0 0
  

For MS-DOS filesystems (not just floppies), you probably want to restrict access to it by using the uid, gid, and umask filesystem options, described in detail on the mount manual page. If you aren't careful, mounting an MS-DOS filesystem gives everyone at least read access to the files in it, which is not a good idea.

1.13. /opt

This directory is reserved for all the software and add-on packages that are not part of the default installation. For example, StarOffice, Kylix, Netscape Communicator and WordPerfect packages are normally found here. To comply with the FSSTND, all third party applications should be installed in this directory. Any package to be installed here must locate its static files (ie. extra fonts, clipart, database files) must locate its static files in a separate /opt/'package' or /opt/'provider' directory tree (similar to the way in which Windows will install new software to its own directory tree C:\Windows\Progam Files\"Program Name"), where 'package' is a name that describes the software package and 'provider' is the provider's LANANA registered name.
Although most distributions neglect to create the directories /opt/bin, /opt/doc, /opt/include, /opt/info, /opt/lib, and /opt/man they are reserved for local system administrator use. Packages may provide "front-end" files intended to be placed in (by linking or copying) these reserved directories by the system administrator, but must function normally in the absence of these reserved directories. Programs to be invoked by users are located in the directory /opt/'package'/bin. If the package includes UNIX manual pages, they are located in /opt/'package'/man and the same substructure as /usr/share/man must be used. Package files that are variable must be installed in /var/opt. Host-specific configuration files are installed in /etc/opt.
Under no circumstances are other package files to exist outside the /opt, /var/opt, and /etc/opt hierarchies except for those package files that must reside in specific locations within the filesystem tree in order to function properly. For example, device lock files in /var/lock and devices in /dev. Distributions may install software in /opt, but must not modify or delete software installed by the local system administrator without the assent of the local system administrator.
The use of /opt for add-on software is a well-established practice in the UNIX community. The System V Application Binary Interface [AT&T 1990], based on the System V Interface Definition (Third Edition) and the Intel Binary Compatibility Standard v. 2 (iBCS2) provides for an /opt structure very similar to the one defined here.
Generally, all data required to support a package on a system must be present within /opt/'package', including files intended to be copied into /etc/opt/'package' and /var/opt/'package' as well as reserved directories in /opt. The minor restrictions on distributions using /opt are necessary because conflicts are possible between distribution installed and locally installed software, especially in the case of fixed pathnames found in some binary software.
The structure of the directories below /opt/'provider' is left up to the packager of the software, though it is recommended that packages are installed in /opt/'provider'/'package' and follow a similar structure to the guidelines for /opt/package. A valid reason for diverging from this structure is for support packages which may have files installed in /opt/ 'provider'/lib or /opt/'provider'/bin.

1.14. /proc

/proc is very special in that it is also a virtual filesystem. It's sometimes referred to as a process information pseudo-file system. It doesn't contain 'real' files but runtime system information (e.g. system memory, devices mounted, hardware configuration, etc). For this reason it can be regarded as a control and information centre for the kernel. In fact, quite a lot of system utilities are simply calls to files in this directory. For example, 'lsmod' is the same as 'cat /proc/modules' while 'lspci' is a synonym for 'cat /proc/pci'. By altering files located in this directory you can even read/change kernel parameters (sysctl) while the system is running.
The most distinctive thing about files in this directory is the fact that all of them have a file size of 0, with the exception of kcore, mtrr and self. A directory listing looks similar to the following:

total 525256
dr-xr-xr-x    3 root     root            0 Jan 19 15:00 1
dr-xr-xr-x    3 daemon   root            0 Jan 19 15:00 109
dr-xr-xr-x    3 root     root            0 Jan 19 15:00 170
dr-xr-xr-x    3 root     root            0 Jan 19 15:00 173
dr-xr-xr-x    3 root     root            0 Jan 19 15:00 178
dr-xr-xr-x    3 root     root            0 Jan 19 15:00 2
dr-xr-xr-x    3 root     root            0 Jan 19 15:00 3
dr-xr-xr-x    3 root     root            0 Jan 19 15:00 4
dr-xr-xr-x    3 root     root            0 Jan 19 15:00 421
dr-xr-xr-x    3 root     root            0 Jan 19 15:00 425
dr-xr-xr-x    3 root     root            0 Jan 19 15:00 433
dr-xr-xr-x    3 root     root            0 Jan 19 15:00 439
dr-xr-xr-x    3 root     root            0 Jan 19 15:00 444
dr-xr-xr-x    3 daemon   daemon          0 Jan 19 15:00 446
dr-xr-xr-x    3 root     root            0 Jan 19 15:00 449
dr-xr-xr-x    3 root     root            0 Jan 19 15:00 453
dr-xr-xr-x    3 root     root            0 Jan 19 15:00 456
dr-xr-xr-x    3 root     root            0 Jan 19 15:00 458
dr-xr-xr-x    3 root     root            0 Jan 19 15:00 462
dr-xr-xr-x    3 root     root            0 Jan 19 15:00 463
dr-xr-xr-x    3 root     root            0 Jan 19 15:00 464
dr-xr-xr-x    3 root     root            0 Jan 19 15:00 465
dr-xr-xr-x    3 root     root            0 Jan 19 15:00 466
dr-xr-xr-x    3 root     root            0 Jan 19 15:00 467
dr-xr-xr-x    3 gdm      gdm             0 Jan 19 15:00 472
dr-xr-xr-x    3 root     root            0 Jan 19 15:00 483
dr-xr-xr-x    3 root     root            0 Jan 19 15:00 5
dr-xr-xr-x    3 root     root            0 Jan 19 15:00 6
dr-xr-xr-x    3 root     root            0 Jan 19 15:00 7
dr-xr-xr-x    3 root     root            0 Jan 19 15:00 8
-r--r--r--    1 root     root            0 Jan 19 15:00 apm
dr-xr-xr-x    3 root     root            0 Jan 19 15:00 bus
-r--r--r--    1 root     root            0 Jan 19 15:00 cmdline
-r--r--r--    1 root     root            0 Jan 19 15:00 cpuinfo
-r--r--r--    1 root     root            0 Jan 19 15:00 devices
-r--r--r--    1 root     root            0 Jan 19 15:00 dma
dr-xr-xr-x    3 root     root            0 Jan 19 15:00 driver
-r--r--r--    1 root     root            0 Jan 19 15:00 execdomains
-r--r--r--    1 root     root            0 Jan 19 15:00 fb
-r--r--r--    1 root     root            0 Jan 19 15:00 filesystems
dr-xr-xr-x    2 root     root            0 Jan 19 15:00 fs
dr-xr-xr-x    4 root     root            0 Jan 19 15:00 ide
-r--r--r--    1 root     root            0 Jan 19 15:00 interrupts
-r--r--r--    1 root     root            0 Jan 19 15:00 iomem
-r--r--r--    1 root     root            0 Jan 19 15:00 ioports
dr-xr-xr-x   18 root     root            0 Jan 19 15:00 irq
-r--------    1 root     root     536809472 Jan 19 15:00 kcore
-r--------    1 root     root            0 Jan 19 14:58 kmsg
-r--r--r--    1 root     root            0 Jan 19 15:00 ksyms
-r--r--r--    1 root     root            0 Jan 19 15:00 loadavg
-r--r--r--    1 root     root            0 Jan 19 15:00 locks
-r--r--r--    1 root     root            0 Jan 19 15:00 mdstat
-r--r--r--    1 root     root            0 Jan 19 15:00 meminfo
-r--r--r--    1 root     root            0 Jan 19 15:00 misc
-r--r--r--    1 root     root            0 Jan 19 15:00 modules
-r--r--r--    1 root     root            0 Jan 19 15:00 mounts
-rw-r--r--    1 root     root          137 Jan 19 14:59 mtrr
dr-xr-xr-x    3 root     root            0 Jan 19 15:00 net
dr-xr-xr-x    2 root     root            0 Jan 19 15:00 nv
-r--r--r--    1 root     root            0 Jan 19 15:00 partitions
-r--r--r--    1 root     root            0 Jan 19 15:00 pci
dr-xr-xr-x    4 root     root            0 Jan 19 15:00 scsi
lrwxrwxrwx    1 root     root           64 Jan 19 14:58 self -> 483
-rw-r--r--    1 root     root            0 Jan 19 15:00 slabinfo
-r--r--r--    1 root     root            0 Jan 19 15:00 stat
-r--r--r--    1 root     root            0 Jan 19 15:00 swaps
dr-xr-xr-x   10 root     root            0 Jan 19 15:00 sys
dr-xr-xr-x    2 root     root            0 Jan 19 15:00 sysvipc
dr-xr-xr-x    4 root     root            0 Jan 19 15:00 tty
-r--r--r--    1 root     root            0 Jan 19 15:00 uptime
-r--r--r--    1 root     root            0 Jan 19 15:00 version

Each of the numbered directories corresponds to an actual process ID. Looking at the process table, you can match processes with the associated process ID. For example, the process table might indicate the following for the secure shell server:

# ps ax | grep sshd
439 ? S 0:00 /usr/sbin/sshd

Details of this process can be obtained by looking at the associated files in the directory for this process, /proc/460. You might wonder how you can see details of a process that has a file size of 0. It makes more sense if you think of it as a window into the kernel. The file doesn't actually contain any data; it just acts as a pointer to where the actual process information resides. For example, a listing of the files in the /proc/460 directory looks similar to the following:

total 0
-r--r--r--    1 root     root            0 Jan 19 15:02 cmdline
lrwxrwxrwx    1 root     root            0 Jan 19 15:02 cwd -> /
-r--------    1 root     root            0 Jan 19 15:02 environ
lrwxrwxrwx    1 root     root            0 Jan 19 15:02 exe -> /usr/sbin/sshd
dr-x------    2 root     root            0 Jan 19 15:02 fd
-r--r--r--    1 root     root            0 Jan 19 15:02 maps
-rw-------    1 root     root            0 Jan 19 15:02 mem
lrwxrwxrwx    1 root     root            0 Jan 19 15:02 root -> /
-r--r--r--    1 root     root            0 Jan 19 15:02 stat
-r--r--r--    1 root     root            0 Jan 19 15:02 statm
-r--r--r--    1 root     root            0 Jan 19 15:02 status

The purpose and contents of each of these files is explained below:


/proc/PID/cmdline
Command line arguments.
/proc/PID/cpu
Current and last cpu in which it was executed.
/proc/PID/cwd
Link to the current working directory.
/proc/PID/environ
Values of environment variables.
/proc/PID/exe
Link to the executable of this process.
/proc/PID/fd
Directory, which contains all file descriptors.
/proc/PID/maps
Memory maps to executables and library files.
/proc/PID/mem
Memory held by this process.
/proc/PID/root
Link to the root directory of this process.
/proc/PID/stat
Process status.
/proc/PID/statm
Process memory status information.
/proc/PID/status
Process status in human readable form.

Should you wish to know more, the man page for proc describes each of the files associated with a running process ID in far greater detail.
Even though files appear to be of size 0, examining their contents reveals otherwise:

# cat status


Name: sshd
State: S (sleeping)
Tgid: 439
Pid: 439
PPid: 1
TracerPid: 0
Uid: 0 0 0 0
Gid: 0 0 0 0
FDSize: 32
Groups: 
VmSize:     2788 kB
VmLck:        0 kB
VmRSS:     1280 kB
VmData:      252 kB
VmStk:       16 kB
VmExe:      268 kB
VmLib:     2132 kB
SigPnd: 0000000000000000
SigBlk: 0000000000000000
SigIgn: 8000000000001000
SigCgt: 0000000000014005
CapInh: 0000000000000000
CapPrm: 00000000fffffeff
CapEff: 00000000fffffeff

The files in the /proc directory act very similar to the process ID subdirectory files. For example, examining the contents of the /proc/interrupts file displays something like the following:

# cat interrupts


           CPU0       
  0:      32657          XT-PIC  timer
  1:       1063          XT-PIC  keyboard
  2:          0          XT-PIC  cascade
  8:          3          XT-PIC  rtc
  9:          0          XT-PIC  cmpci
 11:        332          XT-PIC  nvidia
 14:       5289          XT-PIC  ide0
 15:         13          XT-PIC  ide1
NMI:          0 
ERR:          0

Each of the numbers down the left-hand column represents the interrupt that is in use. Examining the contents of the file dynamically gathers the associated data and displays it to the screen. Most of the /proc file system is read-only; however, some files allow kernel variable to be changed. This provides a mechanism to actually tune the kernel without recompiling and rebooting.
The procinfo utility summarizes /proc file system information into a display similar to the following:

# /usr/bin/procinfo


Linux 2.4.18 (root@DEB) (gcc 2.95.4 20011002 ) #2 1CPU [DEB.(none)]

Memory:      Total        Used        Free      Shared     Buffers      Cached
Mem:        513908      107404      406504           0        2832       82180
Swap:       265032           0      265032

Bootup: Sun Jan 19 14:58:27 2003    Load average: 0.29 0.13 0.05 1/30 566

user  :       0:00:10.26   2.3%  page in :    74545  disk 1:     6459r     796w
nice  :       0:00:00.00   0.0%  page out:     9416  disk 2:       19r       0w
system:       0:00:19.55   4.5%  swap in :        1
idle  :       0:06:48.30  93.2%  swap out:        0
uptime:       0:07:18.11         context :    22059

irq  0:     43811 timer                 irq  9:         0 cmpci                
irq  1:      1427 keyboard              irq 11:       332 nvidia               
irq  2:         0 cascade [4]           irq 12:         2                      
irq  6:         2                       irq 14:      7251 ide0                 
irq  8:         3 rtc                   irq 15:        83 ide1                 



/proc/apm
Advanced power management info.
/proc/bus
Directory containing bus specific information.
/proc/cmdline
Kernel command line.
/proc/cpuinfo
Information about the processor, such as its type, make, model, and performance.
/proc/devices
List of device drivers configured into the currently running kernel (block and character).
/proc/dma
Shows which DMA channels are being used at the moment.
/proc/driver
Various drivers grouped here, currently rtc
/proc/execdomains
Execdomains, related to security.
/proc/fb
Frame Buffer devices.
/proc/filesystems
Filesystems configured/supported into/by the kernel.
/proc/fs
File system parameters, currently nfs/exports.
/proc/ide
This subdirectory contains information about all IDE devices of which the kernel is aware. There is one subdirectory for each IDE controller, the file drivers and a link for each IDE device, pointing to the device directory in the controller-specific subtree. The file drivers contains general information about the drivers used for the IDE devices. More detailed information can be found in the controller-specific subdirectories. These are named ide0, ide1 and so on. Each of these directories contains the files shown here:

/proc/ide/ide?/channel
IDE channel (0 or 1)
/proc/ide/ide?/config
Configuration (only for PCI/IDE bridge)
/proc/ide/ide?/mate
Mate name (onchip partnered controller)
/proc/ide/ide?/model
Type/Chipset of IDE controller
Each device connected to a controller has a separate subdirectory in the controllers directory. The following files listed are contained in these directories:
/proc/ide/ide?/model/cache
The cache.
/proc/ide/ide?/model/capacity
Capacity of the medium (in 512Byte blocks)
/proc/ide/ide?/model/driver
driver and version
/proc/ide/ide?/model/geometry
physical and logical geometry
/proc/ide/ide?/model/identify
device identify block
/proc/ide/ide?/model/media
media type
/proc/ide/ide?/model/model
device identifier
/proc/ide/ide?/model/settings
device setup
/proc/ide/ide?/model/smart_thresholds
IDE disk management thresholds
/proc/ide/ide?/model/smart_values
IDE disk management values
/proc/interrupts
Shows which interrupts are in use, and how many of each there have been.

You can, for example, check which interrupts are currently in use and what they are used for by looking in the file /proc/interrupts:

# cat /proc/interrupts

 
  CPU0 0: 8728810 
  XT-PIC timer 1: 895
  XT-PIC keyboard 2: 
  0 XT-PIC cascade 3: 531695 
  XT-PIC aha152x 4: 2014133
  XT-PIC serial 5: 44401 
  XT-PIC pcnet_cs 8: 2 
  XT-PIC rtc 11: 8 
  XT-PIC i82365 12: 182918 
  XT-PIC PS/2 Mouse 13: 1 
  XT-PIC fpu 14: 1232265 
  XT-PIC ide0 15: 7
  XT-PIC ide1 NMI: 0 
  
In 2.4 based kernels a couple of lines were added to this file LOC & ERR (this is the output of an SMP machine):

# cat /proc/interrupts

 
  CPU0 CPU1 
  0: 1243498 1214548 IO-APIC-edge timer 
  1: 8949 8958 IO-APIC-edge keyboard 
  2: 0 0 XT-PIC cascade 
  5: 11286 10161 IO-APIC-edge soundblaster 
  8: 1 0 IO-APIC-edge rtc 
  9: 27422 27407 IO-APIC-edge 3c503 
  12: 113645 113873 IO-APIC-edge PS/2 Mouse 
  13: 0 0 XT-PIC fpu 14: 22491 24012 IO-APIC-edge ide0 
  15: 2183 2415 IO-APIC-edge ide1 
  17: 30564 30414 IO-APIC-level eth0 
  18: 177 164 IO-APIC-level bttv NMI: 2457961 2457959 
              LOC: 2457882 2457881 ERR: 2155 
  
NMI is incremented in this case because every timer interrupt generates a NMI (Non Maskable Interrupt) which is used by the NMI Watchdog to detect lookups.
LOC is the local interrupt counter of the internal APIC of every CPU.
ERR is incremented in the case of errors in the IO-APIC bus (the bus that connects the CPUs in an SMP system. This means that an error has been detected, the IO-APIC automatically retries the transmission, so it should not be a big problem, but you should read the SMP-FAQ.
In this context it could be interesting to note the new irq directory in 2.4. It could be used to set IRQ to CPU affinity, this means that you can "hook" an IRQ to only one CPU, or to exclude a CPU from handling IRQs. The contents of the irq subdir is one subdir for each IRQ, and one file; prof_cpu_mask. For example,

 
  # ls /proc/irq/ 0 10 12 14 16 18 2 4 6 8 prof_cpu_mask 
                  1 11 13 15 17 19 3 5 7 9
  

 
  # ls /proc/irq/0/ smp_affinity
  
The contents of the prof_cpu_mask file and each smp_affinity file for each IRQ is the same by default:

  # cat /proc/irq/0/smp_affinity
  ffffffff 
  
It's a bitmask, in which you can specify which CPUs can handle the IRQ, you can set it by doing:

# echo 1 > /proc/irq/prof_cpu_mask
This means that only the first CPU will handle the IRQ, but you can also echo 5 which means that only the first and fourth CPU can handle the IRQ. The way IRQs are routed is handled by the IO-APIC, and its Round Robin between all the CPUs which are allowed to handle it. As usual the kernel has more info than you and does a better job than you, so the defaults are the best choice for almost everyone.
/proc/iomem
Memory map.
/proc/ioports
Which I/O ports are in use at the moment.
/proc/irq
Masks for irq to cpu affinity.
/proc/isapnp
ISA PnP (Plug&Play) Info.
/proc/kcore
An image of the physical memory of the system (can be ELF or A.OUT (deprecated in 2.4)). This is exactly the same size as your physical memory, but does not really take up that much memory; it is generated on the fly as programs access it. (Remember: unless you copy it elsewhere, nothing under /proc takes up any disk space at all.)
/proc/kmsg
Messages output by the kernel. These are also routed to syslog.
/proc/ksyms
Kernel symbol table.
/proc/loadavg
The 'load average' of the system; three indicators of how much work the system has done during the last 1, 5 & 15 minutes.
/proc/locks
Kernel locks.
/proc/meminfo
Information about memory usage, both physical and swap. Concatenating this file produces similar results to using 'free' or the first few lines of 'top'.
/proc/misc
Miscellaneous pieces of information. This is for information that has no real place within the rest of the proc filesystem.
/proc/modules
Kernel modules currently loaded. Typically its output is the same as that given by the 'lsmod' command.
/proc/mounts
Mounted filesystems
/proc/mtrr
Information regarding mtrrs. (On Intel P6 family processors (Pentium Pro, Pentium II and later) the Memory Type Range Registers (MTRRs) may be used to control processor access to memory ranges. This is most useful when you have a video (VGA) card on a PCI or AGP bus. Enabling write-combining allows bus write transfers to be combined into a larger transfer before bursting over the PCI/AGP bus. This can increase performance of image write operations 2.5 times or more. The Cyrix 6x86, 6x86MX and M II processors have Address Range Registers (ARRs) which provide a similar functionality to MTRRs. For these, the ARRs are used to emulate the MTRRs. The AMD K6-2 (stepping 8 and above) and K6-3 processors have two MTRRs. These are supported. The AMD Athlon family provide 8 Intel style MTRRs. The Centaur C6 (WinChip) has 8 MCRs, allowing write-combining. These are also supported. The VIA Cyrix III and VIA C3 CPUs offer 8 Intel style MTRRs.) For more details regarding mtrr technology see /usr/src/linux/Documentation/mtrr.txt.
/proc/net
Status information about network protocols.
IPv6 information


/proc/net/udp6
UDP sockets (IPv6).
/proc/net/tcp6
TCP sockets (IPv6).
/proc/net/raw6
Raw device statistics (IPv6).
/proc/net/igmp6
IP multicast addresses, which this host joined (IPv6).
/proc/net/if_inet6
List of IPv6 interface addresses.
/proc/net/ipv6_route
Kernel routing table for IPv6.
/proc/net/rt6_stats
Global IPv6 routing tables statistics.
/proc/net/sockstat6
Socket statistics (IPv6).
/proc/net/snmp6
Snmp data (IPv6).
General Network information


/proc/net/arp
Kernel ARP table.
/proc/net/dev
network devices with statistics.
/proc/net/dev_mcast
the Layer2 multicast groups which a device is listening to (interface index, label, number of references, number of bound addresses).
/proc/net/dev_stat
network device status.
/proc/net/ip_fwchains
Firewall chain linkage.
/proc/net/ip_fwnames
Firewall chain names.
/proc/net/ip_masq
Directory containing the masquerading tables.
/proc/net/ip_masquerade
Major masquerading table.
/proc/net/netstat
Network statistics.
/proc/net/raw
raw device statistics.
/proc/net/route
Kernel routing table.
/proc/net/rpc
Directory containing rpc info.
/proc/net/rt_cache
Routing cache.
/proc/net/snmp
SNMP data.
/proc/net/sockstat
Socket statistics.
/proc/net/tcp
TCP sockets.
/proc/net/tr_rif
Token ring RIF routing table.
/proc/net/udp
UDP sockets.
/proc/net/unix
UNIX domain sockets.
/proc/net/wireless
Wireless interface data (Wavelan etc).
/proc/net/igmp
IP multicast addresses, which this host joined.
/proc/net/psched
Global packet scheduler parameters.
/proc/net/netlink
List of PF_NETLINK sockets.
/proc/net/ip_mr_vifs
List of multicast virtual interfaces.
/proc/net/ip_mr_cache
List of multicast routing cache.
You can use this information to see which network devices are available in your system and how much traffic was routed over those devices. In addition, each Channel Bond interface has its own directory. For example, the bond0 device will have a directory called /proc/net/bond0/. It will contain information that is specific to that bond, such as the current slaves of the bond, the link status of the slaves, and how many times the slaves link has failed.
/proc/parport
The directory /proc/parport contains information about the parallel ports of your system. It has one subdirectory for each port, named after the port number (0,1,2,...).

/proc/parport/autoprobe
Any IEEE-1284 device ID information that has been acquired.
/proc/parport/devices
list of the device drivers using that port. A + will appear by the name of the device currently using the port (it might not appear against any).
/proc/parport/hardware
Parallel port's base address, IRQ line and DMA channel.
/proc/parport/irq
IRQ that parport is using for that port. This is in a separate file to allow you to alter it by writing a new value in (IRQ number or none).
/proc/partitions
Table of partitions known to the system
/proc/pci, /proc/bus/pci
Depreciated info of PCI bus.
/proc/rtc
Real time clock
/proc/scsi
If you have a SCSI host adapter in your system, you'll find a subdirectory named after the driver for this adapter in /proc/scsi. You'll also see a list of all recognized SCSI devices in /proc/scsi. The directory named after the driver has one file for each adapter found in the system. These files contain information about the controller, including the used IRQ and the IO address range. The amount of information shown is dependent on the adapter you use.
/proc/self
A symbolic link to the process directory of the program that is looking at /proc. When two processes look at /proc, they get different links. This is mainly a convenience to make it easier for programs to get at their process directory.
/proc/slabinfo
The slabinfo file gives information about memory usage at the slab level. Linux uses slab pools for memory management above page level in version 2.2. Commonly used objects have their own slab pool (such as network buffers, directory cache, and so on).
/proc/stat
Overall/various statistics about the system, such as the number of page faults since the system was booted.
/proc/swaps
Swap space utilization
/proc/sys
This is not only a source of information, it also allows you to change parameters within the kernel without the need for recompilation or even a system reboot. Take care when attempting this as it can both optimize your system and also crash it. It is advisable to read both documentation and source before actually making adjustments. The entries in /proc may change slightly between kernel versions, so if there is any doubt review the kernel documentation in the directory /usr/src/linux/Documentation. Under some circumstances, you may have no alternative but to reboot the machine once an error occurs. To change a value, simply echo the new value into the file. An example is given below in the section on the file system data. Of course, you need to be 'root' to do any of this. You can create your own boot script to perform this every time your system boots.
/proc/sys/fs
Contains file system data. This subdirectory contains specific file system, file handle, inode, dentry and quota information.

dentry-state
Status of the directory cache. Since directory entries are dynamically allocated and deallocated, this file indicates the current status. It holds six values, in which the last two are not used and are always zero. The others are listed below:

 
  File      Content 
  nr_dentry Almost always zero 
  nr_unused Number of unused cache entries 
  age_limit in seconds after the entry may be 
            reclaimed, when memory is short want_pages internally
  
dquot-max
The file dquot-max shows the maximum number of cached disk quota entries.
dquot-nr
shows the number of allocated disk quota entries and the number of free disk quota entries. If the number of available cached disk quotas is very low and you have a large number of simultaneous system users, you might want to raise the limit.
file-nr and file-max
The kernel allocates file handles dynamically, but doesn't free them again at this time. The value in file-max denotes the maximum number of file handles that the Linux kernel will allocate. When you get a lot of error messages about running out of file handles, you might want to raise this limit. The default value is 4096. To change it, just write the new number into the file:

  # cat /proc/sys/fs/file-max
  4096
  # echo 8192 > /proc/sys/fs/file-max
  # cat /proc/sys/fs/file-max
  8192
  
This method of revision is useful for all customizable parameters of the kernel - simply echo the new value to the corresponding file.
The three values in file-nr denote the number of allocated file handles, the number of used file handles, and the maximum number of file handles. When the allocated file handles come close to the maximum, but the number of actually used handles is far behind, you've encountered a peak in your usage of file handles and you don't need to increase the maximum.
inode-state, inode-nr and inode-max
As with file handles, the kernel allocates the inode structures dynamically, but can't free them yet.
The value in inode-max denotes the maximum number of inode handlers. This value should be 3 to 4 times larger than the value in file-max, since stdin, stdout, and network sockets also need an inode struct to handle them. If you regularly run out of inodes, you should increase this value.
The file inode-nr contains the first two items from inode-state, so we'll skip to that file...
inode-state contains three actual numbers and four dummy values. The numbers are nr_inodes, nr_free_inodes, and preshrink (in order of appearance).
nr_inodes
Denotes the number of inodes the system has allocated. This can be slightly more than inode-max because Linux allocates them one pageful at a time.
nr_free_inodes
Represents the number of free inodes and preshrink is nonzero when nr_inodes is greater than inode-max and the system needs to prune the inode list instead of allocating more.
super-nr and super-max
Again, super block structures are allocated by the kernel, but not freed. The file super-max contains the maximum number of super block handlers, where super-nr shows the number of currently allocated ones. Every mounted file system needs a super block, so if you plan to mount lots of file systems, you may want to increase these numbers.
binfmt_misc
This handles the kernel support for miscellaneous binary formats. binfmt_misc provides the ability to register additional binary formats to the kernel without compiling an additional module/kernel. Therefore, binfmt_misc needs to know magic numbers at the beginning or the filename extension of the binary. It works by maintaining a linked list of structs that contain a description of a binary format, including a magic with size (or the filename extension), offset and mask, and the interpreter name. On request it invokes the given interpreter with the original program as argument, as binfmt_java and binfmt_em86 and binfmt_mz do. Since binfmt_misc does not define any default binary-formats, you have to register an additional binary-format. There are two general files in binfmt_misc and one file per registered format. The two general files are register and status. To register a new binary format you have to issue the command echo :name:type:offset:magic:mask:interpreter: > /proc/sys/fs/binfmt_misc/register with appropriate name (the name for the /proc-dir entry), offset (defaults to 0, if omitted), magic, mask (which can be omitted, defaults to all 0xff) and last but not least, the interpreter that is to be invoked (for example and testing /bin/echo). Type can be M for usual magic matching or E for filename extension matching (give extension in place of magic). If you do a cat on the file /proc/sys/fs/binfmt_misc/status, you will get the current status (enabled/disabled) of binfmt_misc. Change the status by echoing 0 (disables) or 1 (enables) or -1 (caution: this clears all previously registered binary formats) to status. For example echo 0 > status to disable binfmt_misc (temporarily). Each registered handler has an entry in /proc/sys/fs/binfmt_misc. These files perform the same function as status, but their scope is limited to the actual binary format. By 'cating' this file, you also receive all related information about the interpreter/magic of the binfmt. An example of the usage of binfmt_misc (emulate binfmt_java) follows:

  cd /proc/sys/fs/binfmt_misc 
  echo ':Java:M::\xca\xfe\xba\xbe::/usr/local/java/bin/javawrapper:' 
  > register 
  echo ':HTML:E::html::/usr/local/java/bin/appletviewer:'
  > register 
  echo ':Applet:M::<!--applet::/usr/local/java/bin/appletviewer:' >
  register 
  echo ':DEXE:M::\x0eDEX::/usr/bin/dosexec:' < register
  
These four lines add support for Java executables and Java applets (like binfmt_java, additionally recognizing the .html extension with no need to put <!--applet> to every applet file). You have to install the JDK and the shell-script /usr/local/java/bin/javawrapper too. It works around the brokenness of the Java filename handling. To add a Java binary, just create a link to the class-file somewhere in the path.
/proc/sys/kernel
This directory reflects general kernel behaviors and the contents will be dependent upon your configuration. Here you'll find the most important files, along with descriptions of what they mean and how to use them.

/proc/sys/kernel/acct
The file contains three values; highwater, lowwater, and frequency. It exists only when BSD-style process accounting is enabled. These values control its behavior. If the free space on the file system where the log lives goes below lowwater percentage, accounting suspends. If it goes above highwater percentage, accounting resumes. Frequency determines how often you check the amount of free space (value is in seconds). Default settings are: 4, 2, and 30. That is, suspend accounting if there is less than 2 percent free; resume it if we have a value of 3 or more percent; consider information about the amount of free space valid for 30 seconds
/proc/sys/kernel/ctrl-alt-del
When the value in this file is 0, ctrl-alt-del is trapped and sent to the init program to handle a graceful restart. However, when the value is greater that zero, Linux's reaction to this key combination will be an immediate reboot, without syncing its dirty buffers. It should be noted that when a program (like dosemu) has the keyboard in raw mode, the ctrl-alt-del is intercepted by the program before it ever reaches the kernel tty layer, and it is up to the program to decide what to do with it.
/proc/sys/kernel/domainname, /proc/sys/kernel/hostname
These files can be controlled to set the NIS domainname and hostname of your box. For the classic darkstar.frop.org a simple: # echo "darkstar" > /proc/sys/kernel/hostname # echo "frop.org" > /proc/sys/kernel/domainname would suffice to set your hostname and NIS domainname. /proc/sys/kernel/osrelease, /proc/sys/kernel/ostype, /proc/sys/kernel/version The names make it pretty obvious what these fields contain: # cat /proc/sys/kernel/osrelease 2.2.12 # cat /proc/sys/kernel/ostype Linux # cat /proc/sys/kernel/version #4 Fri Oct 1 12:41:14 PDT 1999 The files osrelease and ostype should be clear enough. Version needs a little more clarification. The #4 means that this is the 4th kernel built from this source base and the date after it indicates the time the kernel was built. The only way to tune these values is to rebuild the kernel.
/proc/sys/kernel/panic
The value in this file represents the number of seconds the kernel waits before rebooting on a panic. When you use the software watchdog, the recommended setting is 60. If set to 0, the auto reboot after a kernel panic is disabled, which is the default setting.
/proc/sys/kernel/printk
The four values in printk denote * console_loglevel, * default_message_loglevel, * minimum_console_level and * default_console_loglevel respectively. These values influence printk() behavior when printing or logging error messages, which come from inside the kernel. See syslog(2) for more information on the different log levels.
/proc/sys/kernel/console_loglevel
Messages with a higher priority than this will be printed to the console.
/proc/sys/kernel/default_message_level
Messages without an explicit priority will be printed with this priority.
/proc/sys/kernel/minimum_console_loglevel
Minimum (highest) value to which the console_loglevel can be set.
/proc/sys/kernel/default_console_loglevel
Default value for console_loglevel.
/proc/sys/kernel/sg-big-buff
This file shows the size of the generic SCSI (sg) buffer. At this point, you can't tune it yet, but you can change it at compile time by editing include/scsi/sg.h and changing the value of SG_BIG_BUFF. If you use a scanner with SANE (Scanner Access Now Easy) you might want to set this to a higher value. Refer to the SANE documentation on this issue.
/proc/sys/kernel/modprobe
The location where the modprobe binary is located. The kernel uses this program to load modules on demand.
/proc/sys/vm
The files in this directory can be used to tune the operation of the virtual memory (VM) subsystem of the Linux kernel. In addition, one of the files (bdflush) has some influence on disk usage.
nfract
This parameter governs the maximum number of dirty buffers in the buffer cache. Dirty means that the contents of the buffer still have to be written to disk (as opposed to a clean buffer, which can just be forgotten about). Setting this to a higher value means that Linux can delay disk writes for a long time, but it also means that it will have to do a lot of I/O at once when memory becomes short. A lower value will spread out disk I/O more evenly.
ndirty
Ndirty gives the maximum number of dirty buffers that bdflush can write to the disk at one time. A high value will mean delayed, bursty I/O, while a small value can lead to memory shortage when bdflush isn't woken up often enough.
nrefill
This is the number of buffers that bdflush will add to the list of free buffers when refill_freelist() is called. It is necessary to allocate free buffers beforehand, since the buffers are often different sizes than the memory pages and some bookkeeping needs to be done beforehand. The higher the number, the more memory will be wasted and the less often refill_freelist() will need to run.
nref_dirt
When refill_freelist() comes across more than nref_dirt dirty buffers, it will wake up bdflush.
age_buffer, age_super
Finally, the age_buffer and age_super parameters govern the maximum time Linux waits before writing out a dirty buffer to disk. The value is expressed in jiffies (clockticks), the number of jiffies per second is 100. Age_buffer is the maximum age for data blocks, while age_super is for filesystems meta data.
buffermem
The three values in this file control how much memory should be used for buffer memory. The percentage is calculated as a percentage of total system memory.

The values are:
min_percent
This is the minimum percentage of memory that should be spent on buffer memory.
borrow_percent
When Linux is short on memory, and the buffer cache uses more than it has been allotted, the memory management (MM) subsystem will prune the buffer cache more heavily than other memory to compensate.
max_percent
This is the maximum amount of memory that can be used for buffer memory.
freepages


This file contains three values: min, low and high:
min
When the number of free pages in the system reaches this number, only the kernel can allocate more memory.
low
If the number of free pages falls below this point, the kernel starts swapping aggressively.
high
The kernel tries to keep up to this amount of memory free; if memory falls below this point, the kernel starts gently swapping in the hopes that it never has to do really aggressive swapping.
kswapd
Kswapd is the kernel swap out daemon. That is, kswapd is that piece of the kernel that frees memory when it gets fragmented or full. Since every system is different, you'll probably want some control over this piece of the system.

The file contains three numbers:
tries_base
The maximum number of pages kswapd tries to free in one round is calculated from this number. Usually this number will be divided by 4 or 8 (see mm/vmscan.c), so it isn't as big as it looks. When you need to increase the bandwidth to/from swap, you'll want to increase this number.
tries_min
This is the minimum number of times kswapd tries to free a page each time it is called. Basically it's just there to make sure that kswapd frees some pages even when it's being called with minimum priority.
swap_cluster
This is probably the greatest influence on system performance. swap_cluster is the number of pages kswapd writes in one turn. You'll want this value to be large so that kswapd does its I/O in large chunks and the disk doesn't have to seek as often, but you don't want it to be too large since that would flood the request queue.
overcommit_memory
This file contains one value. The following algorithm is used to decide if there's enough memory: if the value of overcommit_memory is positive, then there's always enough memory. This is a useful feature, since programs often malloc() huge amounts of memory 'just in case', while they only use a small part of it. Leaving this value at 0 will lead to the failure of such a huge malloc(), when in fact the system has enough memory for the program to run. On the other hand, enabling this feature can cause you to run out of memory and thrash the system to death, so large and/or important servers will want to set this value to 0.
pagecache
This file does exactly the same job as buffermem, only this file controls the amount of memory allowed for memory mapping and generic caching of files. You don't want the minimum level to be too low, otherwise your system might thrash when memory is tight or fragmentation is high.
pagetable_cache
The kernel keeps a number of page tables in a per-processor cache (this helps a lot on SMP systems). The cache size for each processor will be between the low and the high value. On a low-memory, single CPU system, you can safely set these values to 0 so you don't waste memory. It is used on SMP systems so that the system can perform fast pagetable allocations without having to acquire the kernel memory lock. For large systems, the settings are probably fine. For normal systems they won't hurt a bit. For small systems ( less than 16MB ram) it might be advantageous to set both values to 0.
swapctl


This file contains no less than 8 variables. All of these values are used by kswapd. The first four variables sc_max_page_age, sc_page_advance, sc_page_decline and sc_page_initial_age are used to keep track of Linux's page aging. Page ageing is a bookkeeping method to track which pages of memory are often used, and which pages can be swapped out without consequences.
When a page is swapped in, it starts at sc_page_initial_age (default 3) and when the page is scanned by kswapd, its age is adjusted according to the following scheme.
If the page was used since the last time we scanned, its age is increased by sc_page_advance (default 3). Where the maximum value is given by sc_max_page_age (default 20). Otherwise (meaning it wasn't used) its age is decreased by sc_page_decline (default 1).
When a page reaches age 0, it's ready to be swapped out.
The variables sc_age_cluster_fract, sc_age_cluster_min, sc_pageout_weight and sc_bufferout_weight, can be used to control kswapd's aggressiveness in swapping out pages.
Sc_age_cluster_fract is used to calculate how many pages from a process are to be scanned by kswapd. The formula used is
(sc_age_cluster_fract divided by 1024) times resident set size
So if you want kswapd to scan the whole process, sc_age_cluster_fract needs to have a value of 1024. The minimum number of pages kswapd will scan is represented by sc_age_cluster_min, which is done so that kswapd will also scan small processes. The values of sc_pageout_weight and sc_bufferout_weight are used to control how many tries kswapd will make in order to swap out one page/buffer. These values can be used to fine-tune the ratio between user pages and buffer/cache memory. When you find that your Linux system is swapping out too many process pages in order to satisfy buffer memory demands, you may want to either increase sc_bufferout_weight, or decrease the value of sc_pageout_weight.
/proc/sys/dev
Device specific parameters. Currently there is only support for CDROM drives, and for those, there is only one read-only file containing information about the CD-ROM drives attached to the system: >cat /proc/sys/dev/cdrom/info CD-ROM information, Id: cdrom.c 2.55 1999/04/25 drive name: sr0 hdb drive speed: 32 40 drive # of slots: 1 0 Can close tray: 1 1 Can open tray: 1 1 Can lock tray: 1 1 Can change speed: 1 1 Can select disk: 0 1 Can read multisession: 1 1 Can read MCN: 1 1 Reports media changed: 1 1 Can play audio: 1 1 You see two drives, sr0 and hdb, along with a list of their features.
SUNRPC


/proc/sys/sunrpc
This directory contains four files, which enable or disable debugging for the RPC functions NFS, NFS-daemon, RPC and NLM. The default values are 0. They can be set to one to turn debugging on. (The default value is 0 for each)
/proc/sys/net
The interface to the networking parts of the kernel is located in /proc/sys/net. The following table shows all possible subdirectories. You may see only some of them, depending on your kernel's configuration. Our main focus will be on IP networking since AX15, X.25, and DEC Net are only minor players in the Linux world. Should you wish review the online documentation and the kernel source to get a detailed view of the parameters for those protocols not covered here. In this section we'll discuss the subdirectories listed above. As default values are suitable for most needs, there is no need to change these values.
GENERAL PARAMETERS


/proc/sys/net/core
Network core options
rmem_default
The default setting of the socket receive buffer in bytes.
rmem_max
The maximum receive socket buffer size in bytes.
wmem_default
The default setting (in bytes) of the socket send buffer.
wmem_max
The maximum send socket buffer size in bytes.
message_burst and message_cost
These parameters are used to limit the warning messages written to the kernel log from the networking code. They enforce a rate limit to make a denial-of-service attack impossible. A higher message_cost factor, results in fewer messages that will be written. Message_burst controls when messages will be dropped. The default settings limit warning messages to one every five seconds.
netdev_max_backlog
Maximum number of packets, queued on the INPUT side, when the interface receives packets faster than kernel can process them.
optmem_max
Maximum ancillary buffer size allowed per socket. Ancillary data is a sequence of struct cmsghdr structures with appended data.
UNIX DOMAIN SOCKETS


/proc/sys/net/unix
Parameters for Unix domain sockets
There are only two files in this subdirectory. They control the delays for deleting and destroying socket descriptors.
IPv4


/proc/sys/net/ipv4
IPV4 settings. IP version 4 is still the most used protocol in Unix networking. It will be replaced by IP version 6 in the next couple of years, but for the moment it's the de facto standard for the internet and is used in most networking environments around the world. Because of the importance of this protocol, we'll have a deeper look into the subtree controlling the behavior of the Ipv4 subsystem of the Linux kernel.
Let's start with the entries in /proc/sys/net/ipv4.
ICMP settings


icmp_echo_ignore_all and icmp_echo_ignore_broadcasts
Turn on (1) or off (0), if the kernel should ignore all ICMP ECHO requests, or just those to broadcast and multicast addresses.
Please note that if you accept ICMP echo requests with a broadcast/multi\-cast destination address your network may be used as an exploder for denial of service packet flooding attacks to other hosts.
icmp_destunreach_rate, icmp_echoreply_rate, icmp_paramprob_rate and icmp_timeexeed_rate
Sets limits for sending ICMP packets to specific targets. A value of zero disables all limiting. Any positive value sets the maximum package rate in hundredth of a second (on Intel systems).
IP settings


ip_autoconfig
This file contains the number one if the host received its IP configuration by RARP, BOOTP, DHCP or a similar mechanism. Otherwise it is zero.
ip_default_ttl
TTL (Time To Live) for IPv4 interfaces. This is simply the maximum number of hops a packet may travel.
ip_dynaddr
Enable dynamic socket address rewriting on interface address change. This is useful for dialup interface with changing IP addresses.
ip_forward
Enable or disable forwarding of IP packages between interfaces. Changing this value resets all other parameters to their default values. They differ if the kernel is configured as host or router.
ip_local_port_range
Range of ports used by TCP and UDP to choose the local port. Contains two numbers, the first number is the lowest port, the second number the highest local port. Default is 1024-4999. Should be changed to 32768-61000 for high-usage systems.
ip_no_pmtu_disc
Global switch to turn path MTU discovery off. It can also be set on a per socket basis by the applications or on a per route basis.
ip_masq_debug
Enable/disable debugging of IP masquerading.
IP fragmentation settings


ipfrag_high_trash and ipfrag_low_trash
Maximum memory used to reassemble IP fragments. When ipfrag_high_thrash bytes of memory is allocated for this purpose, the fragment handler will toss packets until ipfrag_low_thrash is reached.
ipfrag_time
Time in seconds to keep an IP fragment in memory.
TCP settings


tcp_ecn
This file controls the use of the ECN bit in the IPv4 headers, this is a new feature about Explicit Congestion Notification, but some routers and firewalls block traffic that has this bit set, so it could be necessary to echo 0 to /proc/sys/net/ipv4/tcp_ecn, if you want to talk to this sites. For more info you could read RFC2481.
tcp_retrans_collapse
Bug-to-bug compatibility with some broken printers. On retransmit, try to send larger packets to work around bugs in certain TCP stacks. Can be turned off by setting it to zero.
tcp_keepalive_probes
Number of keep alive probes TCP sends out, until it decides that the connection is broken.
tcp_keepalive_time
How often TCP sends out keep alive messages, when keep alive is enabled. The default is 2 hours.
tcp_syn_retries
Number of times initial SYNs for a TCP connection attempt will be retransmitted. Should not be higher than 255. This is only the timeout for outgoing connections, for incoming connections the number of retransmits is defined by tcp_retries1.
tcp_sack
Enable select acknowledgments after RFC2018.
tcp_timestamps
Enable timestamps as defined in RFC1323.
tcp_stdurg
Enable the strict RFC793 interpretation of the TCP urgent pointer field. The default is to use the BSD compatible interpretation of the urgent pointer pointing to the first byte after the urgent data. The RFC793 interpretation is to have it point to the last byte of urgent data. Enabling this option may lead to interoperability problems. Disabled by default.
tcp_syncookies
Only valid when the kernel was compiled with CONFIG_SYNCOOKIES. Send out syncookies when the syn backlog queue of a socket overflows. This is to ward off the common 'syn flood attack'. Disabled by default. Note that the concept of a socket backlog is abandoned. This means the peer may not receive reliable error messages from an over loaded server with syncookies enabled.
tcp_window_scaling
Enable window scaling as defined in RFC1323.
tcp_fin_timeout
The length of time in seconds it takes to receive a final FIN before the socket is always closed. This is strictly a violation of the TCP specification, but required to prevent denial-of-service attacks.
tcp_max_ka_probes
Indicates how many keep alive probes are sent per slow timer run. Should not be set too high to prevent bursts.
tcp_max_syn_backlog
Length of the per socket backlog queue. Since Linux 2.2 the backlog specified in listen(2) only specifies the length of the backlog queue of already established sockets. When more connection requests arrive Linux starts to drop packets. When syncookies are enabled the packets are still answered and the maximum queue is effectively ignored.
tcp_retries1
Defines how often an answer to a TCP connection request is retransmitted before giving up.
tcp_retries2
Defines how often a TCP packet is retransmitted before giving up.
/proc/sys/net/ipv4/conf


Here you'll find one subdirectory for each interface the system knows about and one directory called all. Changes in the all subdirectory affect all interfaces, whereas changes in the other subdirectories affect only one interface. All directories have the same entries:
accept_redirects
This switch decides if the kernel accepts ICMP redirect messages or not. The default is 'yes' if the kernel is configured for a regular host and 'no' for a router configuration.
accept_source_route
Should source routed packages be accepted or declined. The default is dependent on the kernel configuration. It's 'yes' for routers and 'no' for hosts.
bootp_relay
Accept packets with source address 0.b.c.d with destinations not to this host as local ones. It is supposed that a BOOTP relay daemon will catch and forward such packets. The default is 0.
forwarding
Enable or disable IP forwarding on this interface.
log_martians
Log packets with source addresses with no known route to kernel log.
mc_forwarding
Do multicast routing. The kernel needs to be compiled with CONFIG_MROUTE and a multicast routing daemon is required.
proxy_arp
Does (1) or does not (0) perform proxy ARP.
rp_filter
Integer value determines if a source validation should be made. 1 means yes, 0 means no. Disabled by default, but local/broadcast address spoofing is always on. If you set this to 1 on a router that is the only connection for a network to the net, it will prevent spoofing attacks against your internal networks (external addresses can still be spoofed), without the need for additional firewall rules.
secure_redirects
Accept ICMP redirect messages only for gateways, listed in default gateway list. Enabled by default.
shared_media
If it is not set the kernel does not assume that different subnets on this device can communicate directly. Default setting is 'yes'.
send_redirects
Determines whether to send ICMP redirects to other hosts.
Routing settings
The directory /proc/sys/net/ipv4/route contains several file to control routing issues.
error_burst and error_cost
These parameters are used to limit the warning messages written to the kernel log from the routing code. The higher the error_cost factor is, the fewer messages will be written. Error_burst controls when messages will be dropped. The default settings limit warning messages to one every five seconds.
flush
Writing to this file results in a flush of the routing cache.
gc_elastic, gc_interval, gc_min_interval, gc_tresh, gc_timeout
Values to control the frequency and behavior of the garbage collection algorithm for the routing cache.
max_size
Maximum size of the routing cache. Old entries will be purged once the cache reached has this size.
max_delay, min_delay
Delays for flushing the routing cache.
redirect_load, redirect_number
Factors which determine if more ICPM redirects should be sent to a specific host. No redirects will be sent once the load limit or the maximum number of redirects has been reached.
redirect_silence
Timeout for redirects. After this period redirects will be sent again, even if this has been stopped, because the load or number limit has been reached.
/proc/sys/net/ipv4/neigh
Network Neighbor handling. It contains settings about how to handle connections with direct neighbors (nodes attached to the same link). As we saw it in the conf directory, there is a default subdirectory which holds the default values, and one directory for each interface. The contents of the directories are identical, with the single exception that the default settings contain additional options to set garbage collection parameters.
In the interface directories you'll find the following entries:
base_reachable_time
A base value used for computing the random reachable time value as specified in RFC2461.
retrans_time
The time, expressed in jiffies (1/100 sec), between retransmitted Neighbor Solicitation messages. Used for address resolution and to determine if a neighbor is unreachable.
unres_qlen
Maximum queue length for a pending arp request - the number of packets which are accepted from other layers while the ARP address is still resolved.
anycast_delay
Maximum for random delay of answers to neighbor solicitation messages in jiffies (1/100 sec). Not yet implemented (Linux does not have anycast support yet).
ucast_solicit
Maximum number of retries for unicast solicitation.
mcast_solicit
Maximum number of retries for multicast solicitation.
delay_first_probe_time
Delay for the first time probe if the neighbor is reachable. (see gc_stale_time)
locktime
An ARP/neighbor entry is only replaced with a new one if the old is at least locktime old. This prevents ARP cache thrashing.
proxy_delay
Maximum time (real time is random [0..proxytime]) before answering to an ARP request for which we have an proxy ARP entry. In some cases, this is used to prevent network flooding.
proxy_qlen
Maximum queue length of the delayed proxy arp timer. (see proxy_delay).
app_solcit
Determines the number of requests to send to the user level ARP daemon. Use 0 to turn off.
gc_stale_time
Determines how often to check for stale ARP entries. After an ARP entry is stale it will be resolved again (which is useful when an IP address migrates to another machine). When ucast_solicit is greater than 0 it first tries to send an ARP packet directly to the known host When that fails and mcast_solicit is greater than 0, an ARP request is broadcasted.
APPLETALK


/proc/sys/net/appletalk
Holds the Appletalk configuration data when Appletalk is loaded. The configurable parameters are:
aarp-expiry-time
The amount of time we keep an ARP entry before expiring it. Used to age out old hosts.
aarp-resolve-time
The amount of time we will spend trying to resolve an Appletalk address.
aarp-retransmit-limit
The number of times we will retransmit a query before giving up.
aarp-tick-time
Controls the rate at which expires are checked.
/proc/net/appletalk
Holds the list of active Appletalk sockets on a machine. The fields indicate the DDP type, the local address (in network:node format) the remote address, the size of the transmit pending queue, the size of the received queue (bytes waiting for applications to read) the state and the uid owning the socket.
/proc/net/atalk_iface
lists all the interfaces configured for appletalk. It shows the name of the interface, its Appletalk address, the network range on that address (or network number for phase 1 networks), and the status of the interface.
/proc/net/atalk_route
lists each known network route. It lists the target (network) that the route leads to, the router (may be directly connected), the route flags, and the device the route is using.
IPX


The IPX protocol has no tunable values in proc/sys/net, it does, however, provide proc/net/ipx. This lists each IPX socket giving the local and remote addresses in Novell format (that is network:node:port). In accordance with the strange Novell tradition, everything but the port is in hex. Not_Connected is displayed for sockets that are not tied to a specific remote address. The Tx and Rx queue sizes indicate the number of bytes pending for transmission and reception. The state indicates the state the socket is in and the uid is the owning uid of the socket.
ipx_interface
Lists all IPX interfaces. For each interface it gives the network number, the node number, and indicates if the network is the primary network. It also indicates which device it is bound to (or Internal for internal networks) and the Frame Type if appropriate. Linux supports 802.3, 802.2, 802.2 SNAP and DIX (Blue Book) ethernet framing for IPX.
ipx_route
Table holding a list of IPX routes. For each route it gives the destination network, the router node (or Directly) and the network address of the router (or Connected) for internal networks.
/proc/sysvipc
Info of SysVIPC Resources (msg, sem, shm) (2.4)
/proc/tty
Information about the available and actually used tty's can be found in the directory /proc/tty. You'll find entries for drivers and line disciplines in this directory.
/proc/tty/drivers
list of drivers and their usage.
/proc/tty/ldiscs
registered line disciplines.
/proc/tty/driver/serial
usage statistic and status of single tty lines.

To see which tty's are currently in use, you can simply look into the file /proc/tty/drivers:

  # cat /proc/tty/drivers
  serial               /dev/cua        5  64-127 serial:callout
  serial               /dev/ttyS       4  64-127 serial
  pty_slave            /dev/pts      143   0-255 pty:slave
  pty_master           /dev/ptm      135   0-255 pty:master
  pty_slave            /dev/pts      142   0-255 pty:slave
  pty_master           /dev/ptm      134   0-255 pty:master
  pty_slave            /dev/pts      141   0-255 pty:slave
  pty_master           /dev/ptm      133   0-255 pty:master
  pty_slave            /dev/pts      140   0-255 pty:slave
  pty_master           /dev/ptm      132   0-255 pty:master
  pty_slave            /dev/pts      139   0-255 pty:slave
  pty_master           /dev/ptm      131   0-255 pty:master
  pty_slave            /dev/pts      138   0-255 pty:slave
  pty_master           /dev/ptm      130   0-255 pty:master
  pty_slave            /dev/pts      137   0-255 pty:slave
  pty_master           /dev/ptm      129   0-255 pty:master
  pty_slave            /dev/pts      136   0-255 pty:slave
  pty_master           /dev/ptm      128   0-255 pty:master
  pty_slave            /dev/ttyp       3   0-255 pty:slave
  pty_master           /dev/pty        2   0-255 pty:master
  /dev/vc/0            /dev/vc/0       4       0 system:vtmaster
  /dev/ptmx            /dev/ptmx       5       2 system
  /dev/console         /dev/console    5       1 system:console
  /dev/tty             /dev/tty        5       0 system:/dev/tty
  unknown              /dev/vc/%d      4    1-63 console
  
Note that while the above files tend to be easily readable text files, they can sometimes be formatted in a way that is not easily digestible. There are many commands that do little more than read the above files and format them for easier understanding. For example, the free program reads /proc/meminfo and converts the amounts given in bytes to kilobytes (and adds a little more information, as well).
/proc/uptime
The time the system has been up.
/proc/version
The kernel version.
/proc/video
BTTV info of video resources.

1.15. /root

This is the home directory of the System Administrator, 'root'. This may be somewhat confusing ('root on root') but in former days, '/' was root's home directory (hence the name of the Administrator account). To keep things tidier, 'root' got his own home directory. Why not in '/home'? Because '/home' is often located on a different partition or even on another system and would thus be inaccessible to 'root' when - for some reason - only '/' is mounted.
The FSSTND merely states that this is the recommended location for the home directory of 'root'. It is left up to the end user to determine the home directory of 'root'. However, the FSSTND also says that:

	  
  If the home directory of the root account is not stored on the root
  partition it will be necessary to make certain it will default to 
  / if it can not be located.
  
  We recommend against using the root account for tasks that can be
  performed as an unprivileged user, and that it be used solely for 
  system administration. For this reason, we recommend that subdirectories
  for mail and other applications not appear in the root account's home
  directory, and that mail for administration roles such as root, postmaster,
  and webmaster be forwarded to an appropriate user.
  

1.16. /sbin

Linux discriminates between 'normal' executables and those used for system maintenance and/or administrative tasks. The latter reside either here or - the less important ones - in /usr/sbin. Locally installed system administration programs should be placed into /usr/local/sbin.
Programs executed after /usr is known to be mounted (when there are no problems) are generally placed into /usr/sbin. This directory contains binaries that are essential to the working of the system. These include system administration as well as maintenance and hardware configuration programs. You may find lilo, fdisk, init, ifconfig, etc.... here.
Another directory that contains system binaries is /usr/sbin. This directory contains other binaries of use to the system administrator. This is where you will find the network daemons for your system along with other binaries that (generally) only the system administrator has access to, but which are not required for system maintenance and repair. Normally, these directories are never part of normal user's $PATHs, only of roots (PATH is an environment variable that controls the sequence of locations that the system will attempt to look in for commands).
The FSSTND states that:

	  
  /sbin should contain only binaries essential for booting, restoring,
  recovering, and/or repairing the system in addition to the binaries
  in /bin. 
  

A particular eccentricity of the Linux filesystem hierarchy is that originally /sbin binaries were kept in /etc.

  Deciding what things go into "sbin" directories is simple: if a normal
  (not a system administrator) user will ever run it directly, then it
  must be placed in one of the "bin" directories. Ordinary users should
  not have to place any of the sbin directories in their path.
  
  For example, files such as chfn which users only occasionally use must
  still be placed in /usr/bin. ping, although it is absolutely necessary
  for root (network recovery and diagnosis) is often used by users and
  must live in /bin for that reason.

  We recommend that users have read and execute permission for everything
  in /sbin except, perhaps, certain setuid and setgid programs. The
  division between /bin and /sbin was not created for security reasons or
  to prevent users from seeing the operating system, but to provide a
  good partition between binaries that everyone uses and ones that are
  primarily used for administration tasks. There is no inherent security
  advantage in making /sbin off-limits for users.
  

FSSTND compliance requires that the following commands, or symbolic links to commands, are required in /sbin.

       shutdown Command to bring the system down.
       

The following files, or symbolic links to files, must be in /sbin if the corresponding subsystem is installed:

       fastboot   Reboot the system without checking the disks (optional)
       fasthalt   Stop the system without checking the disks (optional)
       fdisk      Partition table manipulator (optional)
       fsck       File system check and repair utility (optional)
       fsck.*     File system check and repair utility for a specific filesystem (optional)
       getty      The getty program (optional)
       halt       Command to stop the system (optional)
       ifconfig   Configure a network interface (optional)
       init       Initial process (optional)
       mkfs       Command to build a filesystem (optional)
       mkfs.*     Command to build a specific filesystem (optional)
       mkswap     Command to set up a swap area (optional)
       reboot     Command to reboot the system (optional)
       route      IP routing table utility (optional)
       swapon     Enable paging and swapping (optional)
       swapoff    Disable paging and swapping (optional)
       update     Daemon to periodically flush filesystem buffers (optional)
       

1.17. /usr

/usr usually contains by far the largest share of data on a system. Hence, this is one of the most important directories in the system as it contains all the user binaries, their documentation, libraries, header files, etc.... X and its supporting libraries can be found here. User programs like telnet, ftp, etc.... are also placed here. In the original Unix implementations, /usr was where the home directories of the users were placed (that is to say, /usr/someone was then the directory now known as /home/someone). In current Unices, /usr is where user-land programs and data (as opposed to 'system land' programs and data) are. The name hasn't changed, but it's meaning has narrowed and lengthened from "everything user related" to "user usable programs and data". As such, some people may now refer to this directory as meaning 'User System Resources' and not 'user' as was originally intended.

/usr is shareable, read-only data. That means that /usr should
be shareable between various FHS-compliant hosts and must not be written to.
Any information that is host-specific or varies with time is stored elsewhere.

Large software packages must not use a direct subdirectory under the /usr
hierarchy.



/usr/X11R6


Another large subdirectory structure begins here, containing libraries, executables, docs, fonts and much more concerning the X Window System. Its inclusion here is somewhat inconsistent and so is the difference between '/usr' and '/usr/X11R6' directories. One would assume that programs that run on X only have their files in the '/usr/X11R6' hierarchy, while the others use '/usr'. Regrettably, it isn't so. KDE and GNOME put their files in the '/usr' hierarchy, whereas the window manager Window Maker uses '/usr/X11R6'. Documentation files for X11R6 are not in '/usr/X11R6/doc', but primarily in '/usr/X11R6/lib/X11/doc'. This mess is due to the fact that in contrast to other operating systems, the graphical desktop isn't an integral part of the system. Linux is still primarily used on servers, where graphical systems don't make sense.
This hierarchy is reserved for the X Window System, version 11 release 6, and related files. To simplify matters and make XFree86 more compatible with the X Window System on other systems, the following symbolic links must be present if /usr/X11R6 exists:

  /usr/bin/X11 -> /usr/X11R6/bin
  /usr/lib/X11 -> /usr/X11R6/lib/X11
  /usr/include/X11 -> /usr/X11R6/include/X11
In general, software must not be installed or managed via the above symbolic links. They are intended for utilization by users only. The difficulty is related to the release version of the X Window System - in transitional periods, it is impossible to know what release of X11 is in use.
/usr/X11R6/bin
XFree86 system binaries. These are necessary for the initialisation, configuration and running of the X windowing system. X, xf86config, xauth, xmodmap and even xpenguin are located here.
/usr/X11R6/include
XFree86 system header files. There are required for the compilation of some applications that utilise the X toolkit.
/usr/X11R6/lib
XFree86 system libraries.
/usr/X11R6/lib/modules
XFree86 system modules. These are the modules that X loads upon startup. Without these modules video4linux, DRI and GLX extensions and drivers for certain input devices would cease to function.
/usr/X11R6/lib/X11/fonts
XFree86 system fonts. Fonts that are utilised by 'xfs' (the X Font Server) and programs of that ilk.
/usr/bin
This directory contains the vast majority of binaries on your system. Executables in this directory vary widely. For instance vi, gcc, gnome-session and mozilla and are all found here.
/usr/doc
The central documentation directory. Documentation is actually located in /usr/share/doc and linked from here.
/usr/etc
Theoretically, that's another directory for configuration files. Virtually unused now.
/usr/games
Once upon a time, this directory contained network games files. Rarely used now.
/usr/include
The directory for 'header files', needed for compiling user space source code.
/usr/include/'package-name'
Application specific header files.
/usr/info
This directory used to contain the files for the info documentation system. Now they are in '/usr/share/info'.
/usr/lib
This directory contains program libraries. Libraries are collections of frequently used program routines.
/usr/local
The original idea behind '/usr/local' was to have a separate ('local') '/usr' directory on every machine besides '/usr', which might be just mounted read-only from somewhere else. It copies the structure of '/usr'. These days, '/usr/local' is widely regarded as a good place in which to keep self-compiled or third-party programs. The /usr/local hierarchy is for use by the system administrator when installing software locally. It needs to be safe from being overwritten when the system software is updated. It may be used for programs and data that are shareable amongst a group of hosts, but not found in /usr. Locally installed software must be placed within /usr/local rather than /usr unless it is being installed to replace or upgrade software in /usr.
/usr/man
It once held the man pages. It has been moved to /usr/share/man.
/usr/sbin
This directory contains programs for administering a system, meant to be run by 'root'. Like '/sbin', it's not part of a user's $PATH. Examples of included binaries here are chroot, useradd, in.tftpd and pppconfig.
/usr/share
This directory contains 'shareable', architecture-independent files (docs, icons, fonts etc). Note, however, that '/usr/share' is generally not intended to be shared by different operating systems or by different releases of the same operating system. Any program or package which contains or requires data that doesn't need to be modified should store that data in '/usr/share' (or '/usr/local/share', if installed locally). It is recommended that a subdirectory be used in /usr/share for this purpose."
/usr/share/doc
Location of package specific documentation files. These directories often contain useful information that might not be in the man pages. They may also contain templates and configuration files for certain utilities making configuration that much easier.
/usr/share/info
Location of 'info' pages. This style of documentation seems to be largely ignored now. Manual pages are in far greater favour.
/usr/share/man
Manual pages. They are organised into 8 sections, which are explained below.


man1: User programs
Manual pages that describe publicly accessible commands are contained 
in this chapter. Most program documentation that a user will need to 
use is located here.

man2: System calls
This section describes all of the system calls (requests for the kernel 
to perform operations).

man3: Library functions and subroutines 
Section 3 describes program library routines that are not direct calls 
to kernel services. This and chapter 2 are only really of interest to
programmers.

man4: Special files
Section 4 describes the special files, related driver functions, and 
networking support available in the system. Typically, this includes 
the device files found in /dev and the kernel interface to networking 
protocol support.

man5: File formats
The formats for many data files are documented in the section 5. This 
includes various include files, program output files, and system files.

man6: Games
This chapter documents games, demos, and generally trivial programs.
Different people have various notions about how essential this is.

man7: Miscellaneous Manual pages that are difficult to classify are 
designated as being section 7. The troff and other text processing 
macro packages are found here.

man8: System administration Programs used by system administrators
for system operation and maintenance are documented here. Some of
these programs are also occasionally useful for normal users.
/usr/src
The 'linux' sub-directory holds the Linux kernel sources, header-files and documentation.
/usr/src/RPM
RPM provides a substructure for building RPMs from SRPMs. Organisation of this branch is fairly logical with packages being organised according to a package's architecture.
/usr/src/RPM/BUILD
A temporary store for RPM binary files that are being built from source code.
/usr/src/RPM/RPMS/athlon, /usr/src/RPM/RPMS/i386, /usr/src/RPM/RPMS/i486, /usr/src/RPM/RPMS/i586, /usr/src/RPM/RPMS/i686, /usr/src/RPM/RPMS/noarch
These directories contain architecture dependant RPM source files.
/usr/src/RPM/SOURCES
This directory contains the source TAR files, patches, and icon files for software to be packaged.
/usr/src/RPM/SPECS
RPM SPEC files. A SPEC file is a file that contains information as well as scripts that are necessary to build a package.
/usr/src/RPM/SRPMS
Contains the source RPM files which result from a build.
/usr/src/linux
Contains the source code for the Linux kernel.
/usr/src/linux/.config
The last kernel source configuration. This file is normally created through the 'make config', 'make menuconfig' or 'make xconfig' steps during kernel compilation.
/usr/src/linux/.depend, /usr/src/linux/.hdepend
'make dep' checks the dependencies of the selections you made when you created your .config file. It ensures that the required files can be found and it builds a list that is to be used during compilation. Should this process be successful these two files are created.
/usr/src/linux/COPYING
GNU License
/usr/src/linux/CREDITS
A partial credits-file of people that have contributed to the Linux project. It is sorted by name and formatted to allow easy grepping and beautification by scripts. The fields are: name (N), email (E), web-address (W), PGP key ID and fingerprint (P), description (D), and snail-mail address (S).
/usr/src/linux/MAINTAINERS
List of maintainers and details on how to submit kernel changes.
/usr/src/linux/Makefile
Contains data necessary for compilation of a working kernel. It allows developers and end-users to compile a kernel with a few simple steps (ie. make dep, make clean, make bzImage, make modules, make modules_install) and also not have to worry about re-compiling everything from scratch if parts of it have already been done so and are up to date.
/usr/src/linux/README
These are the release notes for Linux version 2.4. Read them carefully, as they tell you what this is all about, explain how to install the kernel, and what to do if something goes wrong.
/usr/src/linux/REPORTING-BUGS
A suggested procedure for reporting Linux bugs. You aren't obliged to use the bug reporting format, it is provided as a guide to the kind of information that can be useful to developers - no more.
/usr/src/linux/Rules.make
This file contains rules which are shared between multiple Makefiles.
/usr/src/linux/Documentation
Contains documentation that may be necessary in order to re-compile a kernel. However, it also provides quite a lot of information about your Linux system in general as well. For those who wish to seek further information on the contents of this directory you may consult the /usr/src/linux/Documentation/00-INDEX file. Further, more detailed documentation may be found in /usr/src/linux/Documentation/Docbook. Of course, the contents of this directory is written in Docbook but may be converted to pdf, ps or html using the make targets of 'pdfdocs', 'psdocs' and 'htmldocs' respectively.
/usr/tmp
User space temporary files. This directory is not found on modern distributions at all and was most likely created as a consequence of Linux's UNIX heritage.

1.18. /var

Contains variable data like system logging files, mail and printer spool directories, and transient and temporary files. Some portions of /var are not shareable between different systems. For instance, /var/log, /var/lock, and /var/run. Other portions may be shared, notably /var/mail, /var/cache/man, /var/cache/fonts, and /var/spool/news. Why not put it into /usr? Because there might be circumstances when you may want to mount /usr as read-only, e.g. if it is on a CD or on another computer. '/var' contains variable data, i.e. files and directories the system must be able to write to during operation, whereas /usr should only contain static data. Some directories can be put onto separate partitions or systems, e.g. for easier backups, due to network topology or security concerns. Other directories have to be on the root partition, because they are vital for the boot process. 'Mountable' directories are: '/home', '/mnt', '/tmp', '/usr' and '/var'. Essential for booting are: '/bin', '/boot', '/dev', '/etc', '/lib', '/proc' and '/sbin'.

If /var cannot be made a separate partition, it is often preferable to move /
var out of the root partition and into the /usr partition. (This is sometimes
done to reduce the size of the root partition or when space runs low in the
root partition.) However, /var must not be linked to /usr because this makes
separation of /usr and /var more difficult and is likely to create a naming
conflict. Instead, link /var to /usr/var.
  
Applications must generally not add directories to the top level of /var. Such
directories should only be added if they have some system-wide implication, and
in consultation with the FHS mailing list.
  



/var/backups
Directory containing backups of various key system files such as /etc/shadow, /etc/group, /etc/inetd.conf and dpkg.status. They are normally renamed to something like dpkg.status.0, group.bak, gshadow.bak, inetd.conf.bak, passwd.bak, shadow.bak
/var/cache
Is intended for cached data from applications. Such data is locally generated as a result of time-consuming I/O or calculation. This data can generally be regenerated or be restored. Unlike /var/spool, files here can be deleted without data loss. This data remains valid between invocations of the application and rebooting of the system. The existence of a separate directory for cached data allows system administrators to set different disk and backup policies from other directories in /var.
/var/cache/fonts
Locally-generated fonts. In particular, all of the fonts which are automatically generated by mktexpk must be located in appropriately-named subdirectories of /var/cache/ fonts.
/var/cache/man
A cache for man pages that are formatted on demand. The source for manual pages is usually stored in /usr/share/man/; some manual pages might come with a pre-formatted version, which is stored in /usr/share/man/cat* (this is fairly rare now). Other manual pages need to be formatted when they are first viewed; the formatted version is then stored in /var/man so that the next person to view the same page won't have to wait for it to be formatted (/var/catman is often cleaned in the same way temporary directories are cleaned).
/var/cache/'package-name'
Package specific cache data.
/var/cache/www
WWW proxy or cache data.
/var/crash
This directory will eventually hold system crash dumps. Currently, system crash dumps are not supported under Linux. However, development is already complete and is awaiting unification into the Linux kernel.
/var/db
Data bank store.
/var/games
Any variable data relating to games in /usr is placed here. It holds variable data that was previously found in /usr. Static data, such as help text, level descriptions, and so on, remains elsewhere though, such as in /usr/share/games. The separation of /var/games and /var/lib as in release FSSTND 1.2 allows local control of backup strategies, permissions, and disk usage, as well as allowing inter-host sharing and reducing clutter in /var/lib. Additionally, /var/games is the path traditionally used by BSD.
/var/lib
Holds dynamic data libraries/files like the rpm/dpkg database and game scores. Furthermore, this hierarchy holds state information pertaining to an application or the system. State information is data that programs modify while they run, and that pertains to one specific host. Users shouldn't ever need to modify files in /var/lib to configure a package's operation. State information is generally used to preserve the condition of an application (or a group of inter-related applications) between invocations and between different instances of the same application. An application (or a group of inter-related applications) use a subdirectory of /var/lib for their data. There is one subdirectory, /var/lib/misc, which is intended for state files that don't need a subdirectory; the other subdirectories should only be present if the application in question is included in the distribution. /var/lib/'name' is the location that must be used for all distribution packaging support. Different distributions may use different names, of course.
/var/local
Variable data for local programs (i.e., programs that have been installed by the system administrator) that are installed in /usr/local (as opposed to a remotely mounted '/var' partition). Note that even locally installed programs should use the other /var directories if they are appropriate, e.g., /var/lock.
/var/lock
Many programs follow a convention to create a lock file in /var/lock to indicate that they are using a particular device or file. This directory holds those lock files (for some devices) and hopefully other programs will notice the lock file and won't attempt to use the device or file.
Lock files should be stored within the /var/lock directory structure. Lock files for devices and other resources shared by multiple applications, such as the serial device lock files that were originally found in either /usr/spool/locks or /usr/spool/uucp, must now be stored in /var/lock. The naming convention which must be used is LCK.. followed by the base name of the device file. For example, to lock /dev/ttyS0 the file LCK..ttyS0 would be created. The format used for the contents of such lock files must be the HDB UUCP lock file format. The HDB format is to store the process identifier (PID) as a ten byte ASCII decimal number, with a trailing newline. For example, if process 1230 holds a lock file, it would contain the eleven characters: space, space, space, space, space, space, one, two, three, zero, and newline.
/var/log
Log files from the system and various programs/services, especially login (/var/log/wtmp, which logs all logins and logouts into the system) and syslog (/var/log/messages, where all kernel and system program message are usually stored). Files in /var/log can often grow indefinitely, and may require cleaning at regular intervals. Something that is now normally managed via log rotation utilities such as 'logrotate'. This utility also allows for the automatic rotation compression, removal and mailing of log files. Logrotate can be set to handle a log file daily, weekly, monthly or when the log file gets to a certain size. Normally, logrotate runs as a daily cron job. This is a good place to start troubleshooting general technical problems.
/var/log/auth.log
Record of all logins and logouts by normal users and system processes.
/var/log/btmp
Log of all attempted bad logins to the system. Accessed via the lastb command.
/var/log/debug
Debugging output from various packages.
/var/log/dmesg
Kernel ring buffer. The content of this file is referred to by the dmesg command.
/var/log/gdm/
GDM log files. Normally a subset of the last X log file. See /var/log/xdm.log for mode details.
/var/log/kdm.log
KDM log file. Normally a subset of the last X log file. See /var/log/xdm.log for more details.
/var/log/messages
System logs.
/var/log/pacct
Process accounting is the bookkeeping of process activity. The raw data of process activity is maintained here. Three commands can be used to access the contents of this file dump-acct, sa (summary of process accounting) and lastcomm (list the commands executed on the system).
/var/log/utmp
Active user sessions. This is a data file and as such it can not be viewed normally. A human-readable form can be created via the dump-utmp command or through the w, who or users commands.
/var/log/wtmp
Log of all users who have logged into and out of the system. The last command can be used to access a human readable form of this file. It also lists every connection and run-level change.
/var/log/xdm.log
XDM log file. Normally subset of the last X startup log and pretty much useless in light of the details the X logs is able to provide us with. Only consult this file if you have XDM specific issues otherwise just use the X logfile.
/var/log/XFree86.0.log, /var/log/XFree86.?.log
X startup logfile. An excellent resource for uncovering problems with X configuration. Log files are numbered according to when they were last used. For example, the last log file would be stored in /var/log/XFree86.0.log, the next /var/log/XFree86.9.log, so on and so forth.
/var/log/syslog
The 'system' log file. The contents of this file is managed via the syslogd daemon which more often than not takes care of all log manipulation on most systems.
/var/mail
Contains user mailbox files. The mail files take the form /var/mail/'username' (Note that /var/mail may be a symbolic link to another directory). User mailbox files in this location are stored in the standard UNIX mailbox format. The reason for the location of this directory was to bring the FHS inline with nearly every UNIX implementation (it was previously located in /var/spool/mail). This change is important for inter-operability since a single /var/mail is often shared between multiple hosts and multiple UNIX implementations (despite NFS locking issues).
/var/opt
Variable data of the program packages in /opt must be installed in /var/opt/'package-name', where 'package-name' is the name of the subtree in /opt where the static data from an add-on software package is stored, except where superceded by another file in /etc. No structure is imposed on the internal arrangement of /var/opt/'package-name'.
/var/run
Contains the process identification files (PIDs) of system services and other information about the system that is valid until the system is next booted. For example, /var/run/utmp contains information about users currently logged in.
/var/spool
Holds spool files, for instance for mail, news, and printing (lpd) and other queued work. Spool files store data to be processed after the job currently occupying a device is finished or the appropriate cron job is started. Each different spool has its own subdirectory below /var/spool, e.g., the cron tables are stored in /var/spool/cron/crontabs.
/var/tmp
Temporary files that are large or that need to exist for a longer time than what is allowed for /tmp. (Although the system administrator might not allow very old files in /var/tmp either.)
/var/named
Database for BIND. The Berkeley Internet Name Domain (BIND) implements an Internet domain name server. BIND is the most widely used name server software on the Internet, and is supported by the Internet Software Consortium, www.isc.org.
/var/yp
Database for NIS (Network Information Services). NIS is mostly used to let several machines in a network share the same account information (eg. /etc/passwd). NIS was formerly called Yellow Pages (YP).

The following directories, or symbolic links to directories, are required in /var for FSSTND compliance:

  /var/cache	Application cache data
  /var/lib	Variable state information
  /var/local	Variable data for /usr/local
  /var/lock	Lock files
  /var/log	Log files and directories
  /var/opt	Variable data for /opt
  /var/run	Data relevant to running processes
  /var/spool	Application spool data
  /var/tmp	Temporary files preserved between system reboots
  

Several directories are 'reserved' in the sense that they must not be used arbitrarily by some new application, since they would conflict with historical and/or local practice. They are:

  /var/backups
  /var/cron
  /var/msgs
  /var/preserve
  

The following directories, or symbolic links to directories, must be in /var, if the corresponding subsystem is installed:

  account   Process accounting logs (optional)
  crash     System crash dumps (optional)
  games     Variable game data (optional)
  mail      User mailbox files (optional)
  yp        Network Information Service (NIS) database files (optional)
  

1.19. /srv


  /srv contains site-specific data which is served by this system.

  This main purpose of specifying this is so that users may find
  the location of the data files for particular service, and so that
  services which require a single tree for readonly data, writable data
  and scripts (such as cgi scripts) can be reasonably placed. Data that
  is only of interest to a specific user should go in that users'
  home directory.

  The methodology used to name subdirectories of /srv is unspecified as there
  is currently no consensus on how this should be done. One method for
  structuring data under /srv is by protocol, eg. ftp, rsync, www, and cvs.
  On large systems it can be useful to structure /srv by administrative
  context, such as /srv/physics/www, /srv/compsci/cvs, etc. This setup will
  differ from host to host. Therefore, no program should rely on a specific
  subdirectory structure of /srv existing or data necessarily being stored in
  /srv. However /srv should always exist on FHS compliant systems and should
  be used as the default location for such data.

  Distributions must take care not to remove locally placed files in these
  directories without administrator permission.

  This is particularly important as these areas will often contain both
  files initially installed by the distributor, and those added by the
  administrator.
  

1.20. /tmp

This directory contains mostly files that are required temporarily. Many programs use this to create lock files and for temporary storage of data. Do not remove files from this directory unless you know exactly what you are doing! Many of these files are important for currently running programs and deleting them may result in a system crash. Usually it won't contain more than a few KB anyway. On most systems, this directory is cleared out at boot or at shutdown by the local system. The basis for this was historical precedent and common practice. However, it was not made a requirement because system administration is not within the scope of the FSSTND. For this reason people and programs must not assume that any files or directories in /tmp are preserved between invocations of the program. The reasoning behind this is for compliance with IEEE standard P1003.2 (POSIX, part 2).

Glossary

ARPA
The Advanced Research and Projects Agency of the United States Department of Defense. Also known as DARPA (the "D" stands for "Defense"), it originated in the late 1960s and early 1970s the proposal and standards for the Internet. For this reason, the Internet was initially referred to as ARPANet, and connected the military with the various centers of research around the United States in a way that was intended to have a high degree of survivability against a nuclear attack.
BASH
The Bourne Again Shell and is based on the Bourne shell, sh, the original command interpreter.
Bourne Shell
The Bourne shell is the original Unix shell (command execution program, often called a command interpreter) that was developed at AT&T. Named for its developer, Stephen Bourne, the Bourne shell is also known by its program name, sh. The shell prompt (character displayed to indicate readiness for input) used is the $ symbol. The Bourne shell family includes the Bourne, Korn shell, bash, and zsh shells. Bourne Again Shell (bash) is the free version of the Bourne shell distributed with Linux systems. Bash is similar to the original, but has added features such as command line editing. Its name is sometimes spelled as Bourne Again SHell, the capitalized Hell referring to the difficulty some people have with it.
CLI
A CLI (command line interface) is a user interface to a computer's operating system or an application in which the user responds to a visual prompt by typing in a command on a specified line, receives a response back from the system, and then enters another command, and so forth. The MS-DOS Prompt application in a Windows operating system is an example of the provision of a command line interface. Today, most users prefer the graphical user interface (GUI) offered by Windows, Mac OS, BeOS, and others. Typically, most of today's Unix-based systems offer both a command line interface and a graphical user interface.
core
A core file is created when a program terminates unexpectedly, due to a bug, or a violation of the operating system's or hardware's protection mechanisms. The operating system kills the program and creates a core file that programmers can use to figure out what went wrong. It contains a detailed description of the state that the program was in when it died. If would like to determine what program a core file came from, use the file command, like this: $ file core That will tell you the name of the program that produced the core dump. You may want to write the maintainer(s) of the program, telling them that their program dumped core. To Enable or Disable Core Dumps you must use the ulimit command in bash, the limit command in tcsh, or the rlimit command in ksh. See the appropriate manual page for details. This setting affects all programs run from the shell (directly or indirectly), not the whole system. If you wish to enable or disable core dumping for all processes by default, you can change the default setting in /usr/include/linux/sched.h. Refer to definition of INIT_TASK, and look also in /usr/include/linux/resource.h. PAM support optimizes the system's environment, including the amount of memory a user is allowed. In some distributions this parameter is configurable in the /etc/security/limits.conf file. For more information, refer to the Linux Administrator's Security Guide.
daemon
A process lurking in the background, usually unnoticed, until something triggers it into action. For example, the \cmd{update} daemon wakes up every thirty seconds or so to flush the buffer cache, and the \cmd{sendmail} daemon awakes whenever someone sends mail.
DARPA
The Defense Advanced Research Projects Agency is the central research and development organization for the Department of Defense (DoD). It manages and directs selected basic and applied research and development projects for DoD, and pursues research and technology where risk and payoff are both very high and where success may provide dramatic advances for traditional military roles and missions.
DHCP
Dynamic Host Control Protocol, is a protocol like BOOTP (actually dhcpd includes much of the functionality of BOOTPD). It assigns IP addresses to clients based on lease times. DHCP is used extensively by Microsoft and more recently also by Apple. It is probably essential in any multi-platform environment.
DNS
Domain Name System translates Internet domain and host names to IP addresses. DNS implements a distributed database to store name and address information for all public hosts on the Net. DNS assumes IP addresses do not change (i.e., are statically assigned rather than dynamically assigned). The DNS database resides on a hierarchy of special-purpose servers. When visiting a Web site or other device on the Net, a piece of software called the DNS resolver (usually built into the network operating system) first contacts a DNS server to determine the server's IP address. If the DNS server does not contain the needed mapping, it will in turn forward the request to a DNS server at the next higher level in the hierarchy. After potentially several forwarding and delegation messages are sent within the DNS hierarchy, the IP address for the given host eventually is delivered to the resolver. DNS also includes support for caching requests and for redundancy. Most network operating systems allow one to enter the IP addresses of primary, secondary, and tertiary DNS servers, each of which can service initial requests from clients. Many ISPs maintain their own DNS servers and use DHCP to automatically assign the addresses of these servers to dial-in clients, so most home users need not be aware of the details behind DNS configuration. Registered domain names and addresses must be renewed periodically, and should a dispute occur between two parties over ownership of a given name, such as in trademarking, ICANN's Uniform Domain-Name Dispute-Resolution Policy can be invoked. Also known as Domain Name System, Domain Name Service, Domain Name Server.
environment variable
A variable that is available to any program that is started by the shell.
ESD
Enlightened Sound Daemon. This program is designed to mix together several digitized audio streams for playback by a single device.
filesystem
The methods and data structures that an operating system uses to keep track of files on a disk or partition; the way the files are organized on the disk. Also used to describe a partition or disk that is used to store the files or the type of the filesystem.
FSSTND
Often the group, which creates the Linux File System Structure document, or the document itself, is referred to as the 'FSSTND'. This is short for "file system standard". This document has helped to standardize the layout of file systems on Linux systems everywhere. Since the original release of the standard, most distributors have adopted it in whole or in part, much to the benefit of all Linux users. It is now often refered to as the FHS (Filesystem Hierarchy Standard) document though since its incorporation into the LSB (Linux Standards Base) Project.
GUI
Graphical User Interface. The use of pictures rather than just words to represent the input and output of a program. A program with a GUI runs under some windowing system (e.g. The X Window System, Microsoft Windows, Acorn RISC OS, NEXTSTEP). The program displays certain icons, buttons, dialogue boxes etc. in its windows on the screen and the user controls it mainly by moving a pointer on the screen (typically controlled by a mouse) and selecting certain objects by pressing buttons on the mouse while the pointer is pointing at them. Though Apple Computer would like to claim they invented the GUI with their Macintosh operating system, the concept originated in the early 1970s at Xerox's PARC laboratory.
hard link
A directory entry, which maps a filename to an inode, number. A file may have multiple names or hard links. The link count gives the number of names by which a file is accessible. Hard links do not allow multiple names for directories and do not allow multiple names in different filesystems.
init
'init' process is the first user level process started by the kernel. init has many important duties, such as starting getty (so that users can log in), implementing run levels, and taking care of orphaned processes. This chapter explains how init is configured and how you can make use of the different run levels. init is one of those programs that are absolutely essential to the operation of a Linux system, but that you still can mostly ignore. Usually, you only need to worry about init if you hook up serial terminals, dial-in (not dial-out) modems, or if you want to change the default run level. When the kernel has started (has been loaded into memory, has started running, and has initialized all device drivers and data structures and such), it finishes its own part of the boot process by starting a user level program, init. Thus, init is always the first process (its process number is always 1). The kernel looks for init in a few locations that have been historically used for it, but the proper location for it is /sbin/init. If the kernel can't find init, it tries to run /bin/sh, and if that also fails, the startup of the system fails. When init starts, it completes the boot process by doing a number of administrative tasks, such as checking filesystems, cleaning up /tmp, starting various services, and starting a getty for each terminal and virtual console where users should be able to log in. After the system is properly up, init restarts getty for each terminal after a user has logged out (so that the next user can log in). init also adopts orphan processes: when a process starts a child process and dies before its child, the child immediately becomes a child of init. This is important for various technical reasons, but it is good to know it, since it makes it easier to understand process lists and process tree graphs. init itself is not allowed to die. You can't kill init even with SIGKILL. There are a few variants of init available. Most Linux distributions use sysvinit (written by Miquel van Smoorenburg), which is based on the System V init design. The BSD versions of Unix have a different init. The primary difference is run levels: System V has them, BSD doesn't.
inode
An inode is the address of a disk block. When you see the inode information through ls, ls prints the address of the first block in the file. You can use this information to tell if two files are really the same file with different names (links). A file has several components: a name, contents, and administrative information such as permissions and modification times. The administrative information is stored in the inode (over the years, the hyphen fell out of "i-node"), along with essential system data such as how long it is, where on the disc the contents of the file are stored, and so on. There are three times in the inode: the time that the contents of the file were last modified (written); the time that the file was last used (read or executed); and the time that the inode itself was last changed, for example to set the permissions. Altering the contents of the file does not affect its usage time and changing the permissions affects only the inode change time. It is important to understand inodes, not only to appreciate the options on ls, but because in a strong sense the inodes are the files. All the directory hierarchy does is provide convenient names for files. The system's internal name for the file is its i-number: the number of the inode holding the file's information.
kernel
Part of an operating system that implements the interaction with hardware and the sharing of resources.
libraries
Executables should have no undefined symbols, only useful symbols; all useful programs refer to symbols they do not define (eg. printf or write). These references are resolved by pulling object files from libraries into the executable.
link
A symbolic link (alias in MacOS and shortcut under Windows) is a file that points to another file; this is a commonly used tool. A hard-link rarely created by the user, is a filename that points to a block of data that has several other filenames as well.
man page
Every version of UNIX comes with an extensive collection of online help pages called man pages (short for manual pages). The man pages are the authoritative documentation about your UNIX system. They contain complete information about both the kernel and all the utilities.
MTA
Mail Transfer Agents. Alongside the web, mail is the top reason for the popularity of the Internet. E-mail is an inexpensive and fast method of time-shifted messaging which, much like the Web, is actually based around sending and receiving plain text files. The protocol used is called the Simple Mail Transfer Protocol (SMTP). The server programs that implement SMTP to move mail from one server to another are called MTAs. Once upon a time users would have to Telnet into an SMTP server and use a command line mail program like 'mutt' or 'pine' to check their mail. Now, GUI based e-mail clients like Mozilla, Kmail and Outlook allow users to check their email off of a local SMTP sever. Additional protocols like POP3 and IMAP4 are used between the SMTP server and desktop mail client to allow clients to manipulate files on, and download from, their local mail server. The programs that implement POP3 and IMAP4 are called Mail Delivery Agents (MDAs). They are generally separate from MTAs.
NFS
Network File System, is the UNIX equivalent of Server Message Block (SMB). It is a way through which different machines can import and export local files between each other. Like SMB though, NFS sends information including user passwords unencrypted, so it's best to limit its usage to within your local network.
operating system
Software that shares a computer system's resources (processor, memory, disk space, network bandwidth, and so on) between users and the application programs they run. Controls access to the system to provide security.
PAM
Pluggable Authentication Modules. A suite of shared libraries that determine how a user will be authenticated. For example, conventionally UNIX users authenticate themselves by supplying a password at the password prompt after they have typed their name at the login prompt. In many circumstances, such as internal access to workstations, this simple form of authentication is considered sufficient. In other cases, more information is warranted. If a user wants to log in to an internal system from an external source, like the Internet, more or alternative information may be required - perhaps a one-time password. PAM provides this type of capability and much more. Most important, PAM modules allow you to configure your environment with the necessary level of security.
PATH
The shell looks for commands and programs in a list of file paths stored in the PATH environment variable. An environment variable stores information in a place where other programs and commands can access it. Environment variables store information such as the shell that you are using, your login name, and your current working directory. To see a list of all the environment variables currently defined; type 'set' at the prompt. When you type a command at the shell prompt, the shell will look for that command's program file in each directory listed in the PATH variable, in order. The first program found matching the command you typed will be run. If the command's program file is not in a directory listed in you PATH environment variable, the shell returns a "commands not found" error. By default, the shell does not look in your current working directory or your home directory for commands This is really a security mechanism so that you don't execute programs by accident. What if a malicious user put a harmful program called ls in your home directory? If you typed ls and the shell looked for the fake program in your home directory before the real program in the /bin directory, what do you think would happen? If you thought bad things, you are on the right track. Since your PATH doesn't have the current directory as one of its search locations, programs in your current directory must be called with an absolute path of a relative path specified as './program-name'. To see what directories are part of your PATH enter this command: # echo $PATH /usr/local/sbin:/usr/local/bin:/usr/sbin:/usr/bin:/sbin:/bin:/usr/bin/X11
pipes and sockets
Special files that programs use to communicate with one another. They are rarely seen, but you might be able to see a socket or two in the /dev/ directory.
process identifier
Shown in the heading of the ps command as PID. The unique number assigned to every process running in the system.
rpc
Remote Procedure Calls. It enables a system to make calls to programs such as NFS across the network transparently, enabling each system to interpret the calls as if they were local. In this case, it would make exported filesystems appear as thought they were local.
set group ID (SGID)
The SGID permission causes a script to run with its group set to the group of the script, rather than the group of the user who started it. It is normally considered extremely bad practice to run a program in this way as it can pose many security problems. Later versions of the Linux kernel will even prohibit the running of shell scripts that have this attribute set.
set user ID (SUID)
The SUID permission causes a script to run as the user who is the owner of the script, rather than the user who started it. It is normally considered extremely bad practice to run a program in this way as it can pose many security problems. Later versions of the Linux kernel will even prohibit the running of shell scripts that have this attribute set.
signal
Software interrupts sent to a program to indicate that an important event has occurred. The events can vary from user requests to illegal memory access errors. Some signals, like the interrupt signal, indicate that a user has asked the program to do something that is not in the usual flow of control.
SSH
The Secure Shell, or SSH, provides a way of running command line and graphical applications, and transferring files, over an encrypted connection, all that will be seen is junk. It is both a protocol and a suite of small command line applications, which can be used for various functions. SSH replaces the old Telnet application, and can be used for secure remote administration of machines across the Internet. However, it also has other features. SSH increases the ease of running applications remotely by setting up X permissions automatically. If you can log into a machine, it allows you to run a graphical application on it, unlike Telnet, which requires users to have an understanding of the X authentication mechanisms that are manipulated through the xauth and xhost commands. SSH also has inbuilt compression, which allows your graphic applications to run much faster over the network. SCP (Secure Copy) and SFTP (Secure FTP) allow transfer of files over the remote link, either via SSH's own command line utilities or graphical tools like Gnome's GFTP. Like Telnet, SSH is cross-platform. You can find SSH server and clients for Linux, Unix and all flavours of Windows, BeOS, PalmOS, Java and embedded Oses used in routers.
STDERR
Standard error. A special type of output used for error messages. The file descriptor for STDERR is 2.
STDIN
Standard input. User input is read from STDIN. The file descriptor for STDIN is 0.
STDOUT
Standard output. The output of scripts is usually to STDOUT. The file descriptor for STDOUT is 1.
symbol table
The part of an object table that gives the value of each symbol (usually as a section name and an offset) is called the symbol table. Executables may also have a symbol table, with this one giving the final values of the symbols. Debuggers use the symbol table to present addresses to the user in a symbolic, rather than a numeric form. It is possible to strip the symbol table from executables resulting in a smaller sized executable but this prevents meaningful debugging.
symbolic link or soft link
A special filetype, which is a small pointer file, allowing multiple names for the same file. Unlike hard links, symbolic links can be made for directories and can be made across filesystems. Commands that access the file being pointed to are said to follow the symbolic link. Commands that access the link itself do not follow the symbolic link.
system call
The services provided by the kernel to application programs, and the way in which they are invoked. See section 2 of the manual pages.
system program
Programs that implement high level functionality of an operating system, i.e., things that aren't directly dependent on the hardware. May sometimes require special privileges to run (e.g., for delivering electronic mail), but often just commonly thought of as part of the system (e.g., a compiler).
tcp-wrappers
Almost all of the services provided through inetd are invoked through tcp-wrappers by way of the tcp-wrappers daemon, tcpd. The tcp-wrappers mechanism provides access control list restrictions and logging for all service requests to the service it wraps. It may be used for either TCP or TCP services as long as the services are invoked through a central daemon process such as inetd. These programs log the client host name of incoming telnet, ftp, rsh, rlogin, finger etc.... requests. Security options are access control per host, domain and/or service; detection of host name spoofing or host address spoofing; booby traps to implement an early-warning system.
ZSH
Zsh was developed by Paul Falstad as a replacement for both the Bourne and C shell. It incorporates features of all the other shells (such as file name completion and a history mechanism) as well as new capabilities. Zsh is considered similar to the Korn shell. Falstad intended to create in zsh a shell that would do whatever a programmer might reasonably hope it would do. Zsh is popular with advanced users. Along with the Korn shell and the C shell, the Bourne shell remains among the three most widely used and is included with all UNIX systems. The Bourne shell is often considered the best shell for developing scripts.

Appendix A. UNIX System V Signals



Symbol     Number   Action       Meaning
SIGHUP     1        exit         Hangs up.
SIGINT     2        exit         Interrupts.
SIGQUIT    3        core dump    Quits.
SIGILL     4        core dump    Illegal instruction.
SIGTRAP    5        core dump    Trace trap.
SIGIOT     6        core dump    IOT instruction.
SIGEMT     7        core dump    MT instruction.
SIGFPE     8        core dump    Floating point exception.
SIGKILL    9        exit         Kills (cannot be caught or ignored).
SIGBUS     10       core dump    Bus error.
SIGSEGV    11       core dump    Segmentation violation.
SIGSYS     12       core dump    Bad argument to system call.
SIGPIPE    13       exit         Writes on a pipe with no one to read it.
SIGALRM    14       exit         Alarm clock.
SIGTERM    15       exit         Software termination signal.

Appendix B. Sources


  • The UNIX programming environment, Brian W. Kernighan, Rob Pike, Prentice Hall, New Jersey, 1984.

  • Newnes UNIX Pocket Book, Steve Heath, Butterworth-Heinemann, Great Britain, 1998.

  • Suse Linux Installation and Configuration, Nazeeh Amin El-Dirghami & Youssef A. Abu Kwaik, QUE Corporation, USA, 2000.

  • Inside Linux, Michael J. Tobler, New Riders Publishing, USA, 2001.

  • Linux in a Nutshell 2nd Edition, Ellen Siever, O'Reilly & Associates Inc., CA, USA, 1999

  • Using Caldera OpenLinux Special Edition, Allan Smart, Erik Ratcliffe, Tim Bird, David Bandel, QUE Corporation, USA, 1999.

  • Linux System Security (The Administrator's Guide to Open Source Security Tools), Scott Mann & Ellen L. Mitchell, Prentice-Hall, New-Jersey, 2000.

  • XFree86 For Linux (Uncommon Solutions for the Technical Professional), Aron Hsiao, QUE Corporation, USA, 1999.

  • Complete Idiot's Guide to Linux Second Edition, Manuel Alberto Ricart, QUE Corporation, USA, 1999.

  • Lions' Commentary on UNIX 6th Edition with Source Code, John Lions, Peer-to-Peer Communications Incorporated, USA, 1996.

  • The Linux System Administrators' Guide Version 0.6.1, Lars Wirzenius, liw@iki.fi, Finland, 1998.

  • SAMS Teach Yourself Shell Programming in 24 Hours, Sriranga Veerararaghavan, SAMS Publishing, USA, 1999.

  • 433-252 Software Development: Principles and Tools, Zoltan Somogyi, Les Kitchen, The University of Melbourne, Department of Computer Science and Software Engineering, Australia, 2002.

  • The Advanced Linux Pocketbook, Ashton Mills, ashtonmills@bigpond.com, ACP Publishing Pty Ltd, Australia, 2001.

  • http://www.pathname.com/fhs

  • http://www.atnf.csiro.au/people/rgooch/linux/docs/devfs.html

  • http://freeos.com/articles/3102/

  • http://freeos.com/articles/2879/

  • http://www.linuxjournal.com/article.php?sid=1104

  • http://www.mlinux.org/projects/present/filesys/slide01.html

  • http://www.mil.ufl.edu/linuxhelp/linuxfilesystem.pdf

  • http://www.nsa.gov/selinux/doc/slinux/node57.html

  • http://www.linuxnow.com/tutorial/fs/fs.html

  • http://info.cqu.edu.au/courses/aut2001/85321/resources/study_guide/chapter_4

  • http://lwn.net/2001/features/ols/pdf/pdf/devfs.pdf

  • /usr/src/linux/Documentation/filesystems/proc.txt, Terrehon Bowden <terrehon@pacbell.net>, Bodo Bauer <bb@ricochet.net>, Jorge Nerin <comandante@zaralinux.com>

  • /usr/share/doc/FAQ/Linux-FAQ/index.html, ftp://rtfm.mit.edu/pub/usenet-by-hierarchy/comp/os/linux/misc/, David Merrill, david -AT- lupercalia.net, Robert Kiesling, rkiesling@mainmatter.com, Linux Frequently Asked Questions with Answers, 2001-12-04.

  • /usr/share/doc/sysvinit/README.runlevels.gz

  • /usr/src/linux/Documentation/initrd.txt, Werner Almesberger <werner.almesberger@epfl.ch> and Hans Lermen <lermen@fgan.de>, 2000.

  • http://www.opussoftware.com/tutorial/TutMakefile.htm

  • http://www.cc.gatech.edu/people/home/oxblood/Linux_Doc.txt

  • http://users.erols.com/mmmcd/lilo/boot_sequence.html

  • hints.linuxfromscratch.org/hints/grub-howto.txt

  • http://www.fifi.org/cgi-bin/man2html?initrd+4

  • http://www.linuxsa.org.au/meetings/1997-06/fsstnd/fsstnd.html

  • http://public.csusm.edu/public/guests/history/netinfo/arpa.html

  • http://whatis.techtarget.com/definition/0,,sid9_gci214635,00.html

  • http://whatis.techtarget.com/definition/0,,sid9_gci213627,00.html

  • http://www.darpa.mil/

  • http://hostingworks.com/support/dict.phtml?foldoc=Defense%2BAdvanced%2BResearch%2BProjects%2BAgency

  • http://www.linuxsa.org.au/meetings/1997-06/fsstnd/fsstnd.html

  • http://compnetworking.about.com/library/glossary/bldef-dns.htm

  • http://www.scala.com/definition/graphical-user-interface.html

  • http://hostingworks.com/support/dict.phtml?foldoc=Graphical+User+Interface

  • http://www.mostang.com/sane/intro.html

Appendix C. About the Author

Binh Nguyen was born, 26 March 1983, Melbourne, Victoria. He studied at St Josephs Marist Brothers College, North Fitzroy until receiving a scholarship to St Kevin's College, Toorak in 1998.
He is currently a university undergraduate studying computer science and physics at the University of Melbourne. His main interests in each area are in Operating Systems and Quantum Mechanics respectively.
His background is strongly biased towards science and mathematics. Nonetheless, he does have an appreciation for the arts, humanities and sport. A reasonably proficient musician (flute), he is currently pondering whether he should complete his musical studies to obtain a diploma so that he can teach. In high school, he was a member of the athletics, basketball, football, cricket and swimming squads. He speaks English predominately but is also able to communicate in Vietnamese and French. When younger he also possessed the ability to communicate in Chinese and Italian.
Although brought up as a Buddhist and studying at Catholic/Christian schools all his life as well as studying scripture during his final year of high school he considers himself an atheist.
At this moment in time, he works part-time as a (commercial) researcher/developer on Linux related projects with his current focus being on software distribution mechanisms.
Two of his technical documents have been incorporated into the Linux Documentation Project ("Linux Dictionary" and "Linux Filesystem Hierarchy", www.tldp.org/guides.html). Furthermore, they are being used as reference books in at least ten universities around the world (University of Southern Queensland (Australia), Universidad Michoacana (Mexico), Hong Kong Polytechnic University (Hong Kong), Universidade de Sao Paolo (Brazil), University of Southern California (United States of America), University of Wales Swansea (United Kingdom), University of Ulster (Ireland), Universität Duisburg-Essen (Germany), Universidad Rey Juan Carlos (Spain), Insituto Superior Miguel Torga (Portugal), and Universiti Sains Malaysia (Malaysia)). As well as this, he is also a Development Lead and Project Administrator of the "Computer Dictionary Project" http://computerdictionary.tsf.org.za/dictionary/index.html which is being supported by the Shuttleworth Foundation.
He has published articles at linux.com, linmagau.org, desktoplinux.com, newsforge.com, linuxtoday.com, linux.org, pclinuxonline.com, tuxreports.com, etc.... and has a keen interest in the latest innovations in science and technology.
The author's homepage is at, http://geocities.com/linuxfilesystem/

Appendix D. Contributors

The author would like to thank a group of members (who wish to remain anonymous) from MLUG http://www.mlug.org.au for having the time and patience to help proof read this document before going to publication.

  • Peter Yellman.

  • Clyde Forrester.

  • Geoff Farrell.

  • Nick Spence.

  • Christopher Priest.

Appendix E. Disclaimer

No liability for the contents of this document can be accepted. Use the concepts, examples and other content at your own risk. As this is a new edition of this document, there may be errors and inaccuracies that may of course be damaging to your system. Proceed with caution, and although this is highly unlikely, the author does not and can not take any responsibility for any damage to your system that may occur as a direct or indirect result of information that is contained within this document.
Naming of particular products or brands should not be seen as endorsements. You are strongly recommended to make a backup of your system before major installation and adhere to the practice of backing up at regular intervals.

Appendix F. Donations

If you would like to make a donations towards this project please use Paypal, https://www.paypal.com.

Appendix G. Feedback

Further revisions of this document will be dependent upon user response. Any feedback on the content of this document is welcome. Every attempt has been made to ensure that the instructions and information herein are accurate and reliable. Send comments, corrections, suggestions and questions to the author Binh Nguyen, linuxfilesystem(at)yahoo(dot)com(dot)au with the subject heading of LHFS. There is however, no guarantee of response.
All trademarks and copyrights are the property of their owners, unless otherwise indicated. Use of a term in this document should not be regarded as affecting the validity of any trademark or service mark.
The author would appreciate and consider it courteous, notification of any and all modifications, translations, and printed versions.

Appendix H. GNU Free Documentation License

Version 1.2, November 2002
Copyright (C) 2000,2001,2002 Free Software Foundation, Inc. 59 Temple Place, Suite 330, Boston, MA 02111-1307 USA Everyone is permitted to copy and distribute verbatim copies of this license document, but changing it is not allowed.

H.1. PREAMBLE

The purpose of this License is to make a manual, textbook, or other functional and useful document "free" in the sense of freedom: to assure everyone the effective freedom to copy and redistribute it, with or without modifying it, either commercially or noncommercially. Secondarily, this License preserves for the author and publisher a way to get credit for their work, while not being considered responsible for modifications made by others.
This License is a kind of "copyleft", which means that derivative works of the document must themselves be free in the same sense. It complements the GNU General Public License, which is a copyleft license designed for free software.
We have designed this License in order to use it for manuals for free software, because free software needs free documentation: a free program should come with manuals providing the same freedoms that the software does. But this License is not limited to software manuals; it can be used for any textual work, regardless of subject matter or whether it is published as a printed book. We recommend this License principally for works whose purpose is instruction or reference.

H.2. APPLICABILITY AND DEFINITIONS

This License applies to any manual or other work, in any medium, that contains a notice placed by the copyright holder saying it can be distributed under the terms of this License. Such a notice grants a world-wide, royalty-free license, unlimited in duration, to use that work under the conditions stated herein. The "Document", below, refers to any such manual or work. Any member of the public is a licensee, and is addressed as "you". You accept the license if you copy, modify or distribute the work in a way requiring permission under copyright law.
A "Modified Version" of the Document means any work containing the Document or a portion of it, either copied verbatim, or with modifications and/or translated into another language.
A "Secondary Section" is a named appendix or a front-matter section of the Document that deals exclusively with the relationship of the publishers or authors of the Document to the Document's overall subject (or to related matters) and contains nothing that could fall directly within that overall subject. (Thus, if the Document is in part a textbook of mathematics, a Secondary Section may not explain any mathematics.) The relationship could be a matter of historical connection with the subject or with related matters, or of legal, commercial, philosophical, ethical or political position regarding them.
The "Invariant Sections" are certain Secondary Sections whose titles are designated, as being those of Invariant Sections, in the notice that says that the Document is released under this License. If a section does not fit the above definition of Secondary then it is not allowed to be designated as Invariant. The Document may contain zero Invariant Sections. If the Document does not identify any Invariant Sections then there are none.
The "Cover Texts" are certain short passages of text that are listed, as Front-Cover Texts or Back-Cover Texts, in the notice that says that the Document is released under this License. A Front-Cover Text may be at most 5 words, and a Back-Cover Text may be at most 25 words.
A "Transparent" copy of the Document means a machine-readable copy, represented in a format whose specification is available to the general public, that is suitable for revising the document straightforwardly with generic text editors or (for images composed of pixels) generic paint programs or (for drawings) some widely available drawing editor, and that is suitable for input to text formatters or for automatic translation to a variety of formats suitable for input to text formatters. A copy made in an otherwise Transparent file format whose markup, or absence of markup, has been arranged to thwart or discourage subsequent modification by readers is not Transparent. An image format is not Transparent if used for any substantial amount of text. A copy that is not "Transparent" is called "Opaque".
Examples of suitable formats for Transparent copies include plain ASCII without markup, Texinfo input format, LaTeX input format, SGML or XML using a publicly available DTD, and standard-conforming simple HTML, PostScript or PDF designed for human modification. Examples of transparent image formats include PNG, XCF and JPG. Opaque formats include proprietary formats that can be read and edited only by proprietary word processors, SGML or XML for which the DTD and/or processing tools are not generally available, and the machine-generated HTML, PostScript or PDF produced by some word processors for output purposes only.
The "Title Page" means, for a printed book, the title page itself, plus such following pages as are needed to hold, legibly, the material this License requires to appear in the title page. For works in formats which do not have any title page as such, "Title Page" means the text near the most prominent appearance of the work's title, preceding the beginning of the body of the text.
A section "Entitled XYZ" means a named subunit of the Document whose title either is precisely XYZ or contains XYZ in parentheses following text that translates XYZ in another language. (Here XYZ stands for a specific section name mentioned below, such as "Acknowledgements", "Dedications", "Endorsements", or "History".) To "Preserve the Title" of such a section when you modify the Document means that it remains a section "Entitled XYZ" according to this definition.
The Document may include Warranty Disclaimers next to the notice which states that this License applies to the Document. These Warranty Disclaimers are considered to be included by reference in this License, but only as regards disclaiming warranties: any other implication that these Warranty Disclaimers may have is void and has no effect on the meaning of this License.

H.3. VERBATIM COPYING

You may copy and distribute the Document in any medium, either commercially or noncommercially, provided that this License, the copyright notices, and the license notice saying this License applies to the Document are reproduced in all copies, and that you add no other conditions whatsoever to those of this License. You may not use technical measures to obstruct or control the reading or further copying of the copies you make or distribute. However, you may accept compensation in exchange for copies. If you distribute a large enough number of copies you must also follow the conditions in section 3.
You may also lend copies, under the same conditions stated above, and you may publicly display copies.

H.4. COPYING IN QUANTITY

If you publish printed copies (or copies in media that commonly have printed covers) of the Document, numbering more than 100, and the Document's license notice requires Cover Texts, you must enclose the copies in covers that carry, clearly and legibly, all these Cover Texts: Front-Cover Texts on the front cover, and Back-Cover Texts on the back cover. Both covers must also clearly and legibly identify you as the publisher of these copies. The front cover must present the full title with all words of the title equally prominent and visible. You may add other material on the covers in addition. Copying with changes limited to the covers, as long as they preserve the title of the Document and satisfy these conditions, can be treated as verbatim copying in other respects.
If the required texts for either cover are too voluminous to fit legibly, you should put the first ones listed (as many as fit reasonably) on the actual cover, and continue the rest onto adjacent pages.
If you publish or distribute Opaque copies of the Document numbering more than 100, you must either include a machine-readable Transparent copy along with each Opaque copy, or state in or with each Opaque copy a computer-network location from which the general network-using public has access to download using public-standard network protocols a complete Transparent copy of the Document, free of added material. If you use the latter option, you must take reasonably prudent steps, when you begin distribution of Opaque copies in quantity, to ensure that this Transparent copy will remain thus accessible at the stated location until at least one year after the last time you distribute an Opaque copy (directly or through your agents or retailers) of that edition to the public.
It is requested, but not required, that you contact the authors of the Document well before redistributing any large number of copies, to give them a chance to provide you with an updated version of the Document.

H.5. MODIFICATIONS

You may copy and distribute a Modified Version of the Document under the conditions of sections 2 and 3 above, provided that you release the Modified Version under precisely this License, with the Modified Version filling the role of the Document, thus licensing distribution and modification of the Modified Version to whoever possesses a copy of it. In addition, you must do these things in the Modified Version:

  1. Use in the Title Page (and on the covers, if any) a title distinct from that of the Document, and from those of previous versions (which should, if there were any, be listed in the History section of the Document). You may use the same title as a previous version if the original publisher of that version gives permission.
  2. List on the Title Page, as authors, one or more persons or entities responsible for authorship of the modifications in the Modified Version, together with at least five of the principal authors of the Document (all of its principal authors, if it has fewer than five), unless they release you from this requirement.
  3. State on the Title page the name of the publisher of the Modified Version, as the publisher.
  4. Preserve all the copyright notices of the Document.
  5. Add an appropriate copyright notice for your modifications adjacent to the other copyright notices.
  6. Include, immediately after the copyright notices, a license notice giving the public permission to use the Modified Version under the terms of this License, in the form shown in the Addendum below.
  7. Preserve in that license notice the full lists of Invariant Sections and required Cover Texts given in the Document's license notice.
  8. Include an unaltered copy of this License.
  9. Preserve the section Entitled "History", Preserve its Title, and add to it an item stating at least the title, year, new authors, and publisher of the Modified Version as given on the Title Page. If there is no section Entitled "History" in the Document, create one stating the title, year, authors, and publisher of the Document as given on its Title Page, then add an item describing the Modified Version as stated in the previous sentence.
  10. Preserve the network location, if any, given in the Document for public access to a Transparent copy of the Document, and likewise the network locations given in the Document for previous versions it was based on. These may be placed in the "History" section. You may omit a network location for a work that was published at least four years before the Document itself, or if the original publisher of the version it refers to gives permission.
  11. For any section Entitled "Acknowledgements" or "Dedications", Preserve the Title of the section, and preserve in the section all the substance and tone of each of the contributor acknowledgements and/or dedications given therein.
  12. Preserve all the Invariant Sections of the Document, unaltered in their text and in their titles. Section numbers or the equivalent are not considered part of the section titles.
  13. Delete any section Entitled "Endorsements". Such a section may not be included in the Modified Version.
  14. Do not retitle any existing section to be Entitled "Endorsements" or to conflict in title with any Invariant Section.
  15. Preserve any Warranty Disclaimers.
If the Modified Version includes new front-matter sections or appendices that qualify as Secondary Sections and contain no material copied from the Document, you may at your option designate some or all of these sections as invariant. To do this, add their titles to the list of Invariant Sections in the Modified Version's license notice. These titles must be distinct from any other section titles.
You may add a section Entitled "Endorsements", provided it contains nothing but endorsements of your Modified Version by various parties--for example, statements of peer review or that the text has been approved by an organization as the authoritative definition of a standard.
You may add a passage of up to five words as a Front-Cover Text, and a passage of up to 25 words as a Back-Cover Text, to the end of the list of Cover Texts in the Modified Version. Only one passage of Front-Cover Text and one of Back-Cover Text may be added by (or through arrangements made by) any one entity. If the Document already includes a cover text for the same cover, previously added by you or by arrangement made by the same entity you are acting on behalf of, you may not add another; but you may replace the old one, on explicit permission from the previous publisher that added the old one.
The author(s) and publisher(s) of the Document do not by this License give permission to use their names for publicity for or to assert or imply endorsement of any Modified Version.

H.6. COMBINING DOCUMENTS

You may combine the Document with other documents released under this License, under the terms defined in section 4 above for modified versions, provided that you include in the combination all of the Invariant Sections of all of the original documents, unmodified, and list them all as Invariant Sections of your combined work in its license notice, and that you preserve all their Warranty Disclaimers.
The combined work need only contain one copy of this License, and multiple identical Invariant Sections may be replaced with a single copy. If there are multiple Invariant Sections with the same name but different contents, make the title of each such section unique by adding at the end of it, in parentheses, the name of the original author or publisher of that section if known, or else a unique number. Make the same adjustment to the section titles in the list of Invariant Sections in the license notice of the combined work.
In the combination, you must combine any sections Entitled "History" in the various original documents, forming one section Entitled "History"; likewise combine any sections Entitled "Acknowledgements", and any sections Entitled "Dedications". You must delete all sections Entitled "Endorsements".

H.7. COLLECTIONS OF DOCUMENTS

You may make a collection consisting of the Document and other documents released under this License, and replace the individual copies of this License in the various documents with a single copy that is included in the collection, provided that you follow the rules of this License for verbatim copying of each of the documents in all other respects.
You may extract a single document from such a collection, and distribute it individually under this License, provided you insert a copy of this License into the extracted document, and follow this License in all other respects regarding verbatim copying of that document.

H.8. AGGREGATION WITH INDEPENDENT WORKS

A compilation of the Document or its derivatives with other separate and independent documents or works, in or on a volume of a storage or distribution medium, is called an "aggregate" if the copyright resulting from the compilation is not used to limit the legal rights of the compilation's users beyond what the individual works permit. When the Document is included in an aggregate, this License does not apply to the other works in the aggregate which are not themselves derivative works of the Document.
If the Cover Text requirement of section 3 is applicable to these copies of the Document, then if the Document is less than one half of the entire aggregate, the Document's Cover Texts may be placed on covers that bracket the Document within the aggregate, or the electronic equivalent of covers if the Document is in electronic form. Otherwise they must appear on printed covers that bracket the whole aggregate.

H.9. TRANSLATION

Translation is considered a kind of modification, so you may distribute translations of the Document under the terms of section 4. Replacing Invariant Sections with translations requires special permission from their copyright holders, but you may include translations of some or all Invariant Sections in addition to the original versions of these Invariant Sections. You may include a translation of this License, and all the license notices in the Document, and any Warranty Disclaimers, provided that you also include the original English version of this License and the original versions of those notices and disclaimers. In case of a disagreement between the translation and the original version of this License or a notice or disclaimer, the original version will prevail.
If a section in the Document is Entitled "Acknowledgements", "Dedications", or "History", the requirement (section 4) to Preserve its Title (section 1) will typically require changing the actual title.

H.10. TERMINATION

You may not copy, modify, sublicense, or distribute the Document except as expressly provided for under this License. Any other attempt to copy, modify, sublicense or distribute the Document is void, and will automatically terminate your rights under this License. However, parties who have received copies, or rights, from you under this License will not have their licenses terminated so long as such parties remain in full compliance.

H.11. FUTURE REVISIONS OF THIS LICENSE

The Free Software Foundation may publish new, revised versions of the GNU Free Documentation License from time to time. Such new versions will be similar in spirit to the present version, but may differ in detail to address new problems or concerns. See http://www.gnu.org/copyleft/.
Each version of the License is given a distinguishing version number. If the Document specifies that a particular numbered version of this License "or any later version" applies to it, you have the option of following the terms and conditions either of that specified version or of any later version that has been published (not as a draft) by the Free Software Foundation. If the Document does not specify a version number of this License, you may choose any version ever published (not as a draft) by the Free Software Foundation.

H.12. ADDENDUM: How to use this License for your documents

To use this License in a document you have written, include a copy of the License in the document and put the following copyright and license notices just after the title page:
Copyright (c) YEAR YOUR NAME. Permission is granted to copy, distribute and/or modify this document under the terms of the GNU Free Documentation License, Version 1.2 or any later version published by the Free Software Foundation; with no Invariant Sections, no Front-Cover Texts, and no Back-Cover Texts. A copy of the license is included in the section entitled "GNU Free Documentation License".
If you have Invariant Sections, Front-Cover Texts and Back-Cover Texts, replace the "with...Texts." line with this:
with the Invariant Sections being LIST THEIR TITLES, with the Front-Cover Texts being LIST, and with the Back-Cover Texts being LIST.
If you have Invariant Sections without Cover Texts, or some other combination of the three, merge those two alternatives to suit the situation.
If your document contains nontrivial examples of program code, we recommend releasing these examples in parallel under your choice of free software license, such as the GNU General Public License, to permit their use in free software.

Notes

It requires several seconds of hard thinking on the users' behalf. Furthermore sudo can be configured to only allow users to execute certain commands. See the sudo(8), sudoers(5), and visudo(8) manual pages.